The Viability and Growth of LAN Gaming Centers in Esports

Industry Articles | 2 comments

Want to learn more about starting a gaming center?  Get a free consultation .

With the esports industry growing at such a phenomenal pace and with a high level of user interactions within esports, big companies such as  Alibaba are not afraid to invest heavily ( sometimes even at a loss right now) in esports. These investments come from the strong belief that esports will continue to grow and they will receive a sizeable return on their investments in the future. Here are some important points:

– The esports industry as a whole will generate over $2.5 billion in revenue in 2022. – Over 200 US colleges offer esports scholarships, some with massive gaming labs. – Thousands of US high schools carry esports as an elective. – Pro teams are competing for millions in cash prizes. – It is the most watched sport in the world, surpassing soccer last year. – Game developers continue to create new & exciting titles with no end in sight. – Properly outfitted & managed esports gaming centers offer a unique experience unlike home or school play. The gaming community is looking for socially fun places to gather, play and compete.

In the US, there are over 650 gaming centers spread out across the country. 90% of the world’s gaming centers are located in China  with the  largest one  having to seat for 1777 seats.

As we think about our decade-long experiences at our own GameSync Esports Center , we realize that these LAN (local area network) centers are still somewhat of a niche within esports themselves. They have been around for a long time and have been slowly evolving, but partially due to advancing technology along with the rise of esports and the demand for a more robust, healthy competitive gaming ecosystem, these facilities have a huge potential scope for growth. LAN centers are quickly becoming the focal point of the esports community and fans, and their necessity for esports teams as a place to practice, scrimmage, and compete, is undeniable.

Esports Gaming Centers

Esports gaming centers, simply put, are a community and an environment where multiple PCs are connected and are primarily used for gaming. This usually includes a fee that the customer pays for hourly usage of the machines. LAN gaming centers come in various sizes and designs with smaller locations (20-30 PCs and consoles) to larger facilities (100+ gaming stations).

They require high-end PCs, good peripherals, and network hardware. Esports gaming centers also require a high quality, low latency fiber internet connection, as most of today’s games are played online and need fast ping times in order to register in-game tracking and movement correctly to the game manufacturer’s server.

But the initial build-out costs don’t have to be obscenely expensive. Watch the video below where we give you a virtual walk-through of an affordable, cost-efficient, optimized space we designed and developed in Los Angeles, California:

Why Should People Go to a LAN?

For anyone seeking to invest in Gaming LAN centers, the first order of business is to ensure there is a demand for the business. Supply and Demand form the basis of any business and without sufficient demand, any business is doomed to fail. We have already established that the Home PC segment and Laptop segment is growing exceptionally.

The  projected sales  for Gaming PCs are very positive and is in line with the outlook for growth of esports in the future. We have already seen  investments  in esports from various organizations and teams non-endemic to esports.

Growth of Esports

To understand the point better, let us take the example of Pubs & Bars. Why do people go to Pubs & Bars when they can enjoy Alcohol at home. Enjoying a night with friends at home is also cheaper than going out to a Pub with friends. The answer is the ambiance, the experience that people witness when they go to a social place.  Meeting new people  who share a similar level of excitement is something that humans have always strived for.

LAN centers prove to be the focal point of discussions and viewing esports. They are also a place to discover new and upcoming talent. Often times, if a team does not have the financials to own a team house, they resort to Gaming LAN centers in order to practice, scrim. This is where any new talent would be easy to spot for these teams.

One of the most famous examples of a player being spotted at an esports center, Inferno Online , is Get_Right. The NIP CS GO player was first spotted by Heaton who then formed NIP including Get_Right. The rest, as they say, is history with Get_Right being one of the most recognized names in CS GO right now.

The excitement of meeting like-minded gamers is what appeals to every person. Sharing tactics and exchanging ideas with other players brings about knowledgeable discussions. As we move into an era of more acceptance towards esports, LAN centers are growing in prominence and fast becoming synonymous with gaming community centers.

Is It Profitable?

As with any business, LAN centers also need to be profitable in order to continue in existence. The industry is booming, but much of the growth is happening in the PC segment, with the PC’s being more personal and primarily at home.

LAN centers have evolved a lot from the early days of old software and aging infrastructure. Today’s LAN centers provide you with the best of equipment and the latest software. Regular maintenance cycles along with the possibility to discuss your game and esports scene with others make these centers extremely endearing to the average gamer.

But the fact remains that the growth of esports is much higher than the growth of home PCs. There are always more people being introduced to esports than those owning a good gaming computer at home.

Of course like any other business, one needs to have a proper plan in place before investing in a LAN Center. There are three aspects to look at in a LAN center

  • Brand awareness (both local and remote)
  • Financial health

Having more footfall directly translates into achieving most of the other bullet points listed here. It definitely directly increases the brand awareness, which results in a much better financial health for the organization. In order to increase footfalls at the center, there are various promotional offers on display. These include Game Nights, PUGS, Mini Tournaments as well as Pubstomps. In addition to the core business, there are also several other overheads which require a lot of expenditure. LAN Centers usually resort to other means of making money such as Renting out rooms, Karaoke sessions, Projectors for pub stomps etc.LAN centers depend on the number of people visiting and using the facilities at the LAN center regularly. The business model revolves around the physical presence of gamers at the center.The more the number of attendees at a LAN center, the better it is for their financial health.

Brand Awareness

Any LAN center business is heavily interlinked with the brand that it builds around itself. Along with that, it is important to know your target customer. Since gaming centers will cater primarily to the local audience, it is important to create a brand awareness locally.

Audi sponsors Astralis and has gained a lot of visibility.

Aiming for local brand awareness as opposed to an internet-based global brand awareness helps in reducing costs and also efficient advertising. It brings together your local gaming community together and makes sure that you are at the crux of the gaming community  meetups  and discussions. Often times players organize mini-tournaments and events themselves without any involvement from the gaming centers.

Additionally, the word of mouth advertising is what sets LAN Centers apart. Word of Mouth advertising requires gamers to have a good experience which comes from the best Hardware, up to date Software and good PC Specifications.

  • Wiring a LAN Center

From a Gamer’s perspective, these four are the essential components when they want to go to a LAN center. Of course, anything in addition to these such as a Snack bar, a restaurant, location is a bonus. Usually, these add-ons are what make the best financial opportunities for LAN based centers to make money.

All that said, we have seen some of the better LAN centers grow out of their local niche and become world famous, such as Inferno Online.

Financial Health

  • Game Licenses
  • VR Equipment
  • Influx of funds

LAN centers have several outlets and inlets for money. While the overhead expenses and the huge initial cost require a significant outflow of money, there are so many avenues of income for these centers.

LAN centers serve as community centers for the local gaming industry. It is the first point of contact for a player into esports and the gaming industry. Knowing and talking about your favorite players can change the perception of gaming for an individual. Yesterday’s children are today investors in esports organizations and tournaments. LAN centers have a huge impact on the cultivation of these gamers and investors.

But considering the size and complexity, there are also a lot more opportunities now to earn from LAN centers. The core business model requires a decent pricing suited to your financials and the paying capacity of your customers. Customizing offers based on the needs of various gamers is something that is extremely fruitful. However, it requires an inept understanding of each and every customer, something that is not possible in today’s day and age. Hence coming with a base price model which should fit if not all, then the majority of the customers. The expenses for a LAN center are divided into two categories: The heavy initial setup and the recurring monthly expenses. In order to provide the best facilities and experience, LAN centers usually need to spend a lot more on the initial investment. Getting hold of top end PC’s, chairs, Headphones, and Internet are some of the bigger investments required upfront. But that is not the end of the investments for opening a LAN center. There are internet bills, electricity bills, rentals, maintenance, Subscriptions all of which require monthly payments and add up to the expenses.

Some Opportunities for Income:

  • Base Business: walk-in, pay-to-play
  • Tournaments
  • Local esports team practices
  • Lock-Ins/all-nighters
  • Birthday, private parties, room rentals
  • PubStomps & meetups
  • Special game nights
  • Snack bars/concessions
  • Memberships
  • Merchandise / game sales
  • PC parts/peripherals repair business
  • And many more!

As you can see, the opportunities for income at an esports center are many, and these are just a few, there are many more. These income streams require minimal investments and are very profitable for the company. The biggest reason they work is because they are integral to the needs of a gamer. Some of these are “essentials” as we call them – a necessity for a gamer who comes to play at a LAN center. Working equipement, updated games, a good selection of titles, and ammenities are all key ingredients, along with many others.

LAN centers have been seeing a resurgence in attendance despite the explosion of the personal gaming computer. The draws to physical centers are varied, ranging from the LAN gaming nights and tournaments to partying up with similarly ranked people in competitive. The opportunity to try out new games without actually owning them is yet another lure for new gamers.

The growth of the industry assures more business for LAN Gaming centers. This industry is built on technological advancement and any new technology will be first introduced in gaming. We have already seen the addition of VR into gaming, albeit minimally right now. With LAN centers proving to be the point of congregation for the local gamer, these centers will be the avenues of growth in the future.

Free Esports Center Consulting

Just like you, when we first started, we sought out successful and popular centers to give advice, tips and tricks to opening up an amazing gaming getaway. You may already have a business plan and financials squared away but you’d like to speak with someone who knows the business intimately, to help fine tune everything. Or you may need advice on where to get equipment, what software to use, and how to set up a network. This is our focus and we want to help!

I was just telling my friend about that.

Right on my man!

Submit a Comment Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

All Articles

Esports centers in casinos: a winning combination, top 7 benefits of a gaming center for aspiring esports teams, opening an esports center: the basics, 7 income generating ideas for esports centers, video game types explained, top 9 ways to achieve business growth and increased profitability with social media, how to grow your discord server, the benefits of esports in the development of stem skills, the coronavirus outbreak could help mainstream esports acceptance, how will cloud gaming affect lan gaming centers in the future, esports and cryptocurrency, esports making dollars (and sense) for the biggest developers, game distribution – physical or digital, tax tips for esports center owners & event organizers, how to invest in the video gaming industry: a simple guide, esports: the athlete’s next step, how tf2 can become a successful esport, the action against loot boxes is a wake up call for the industry, twitch reaches new concurrent viewers record on valorant beta launch, free consultation.

[email protected] +1 (858) 522-9434 CALL OR TEXT

Want to contribute to our blog? Contact us!

The leader in software, services & support for esports venues.

Starting a Video Game LAN Center

Starting a Video Game LAN Center

As LAN center owners and creators of the best esports venue management software around, we often find ourselves bombarded with questions about how to start a video game LAN center. As much as we want to help everyone, we hope this blog post will help some entrepreneurs get an idea of how to get their gaming center off the ground.

Typically, operators will have the most inquiries when a business starts. So, to avoid having the same conversation repeatedly, we thought it’d be a good idea to answer all potential questions here in this blog post.

Video Game LAN Center

The most common question is how many and what type of systems are appropriate to set up in a LAN gaming center. We will answer this and a few other related topics using a bit of math, common sense, and a sprinkle of experience that we’ve gathered throughout the years.

Get the Esports Station Numbers Right

When you’re starting a video game LAN center or an esports center as a business, the first thing you’ve got to get right is the number of units for each kind of system you need. After that, it’s all in the math.

Most people throw random numbers at us saying that they want to install, for example, six Xbox consoles and six PCs. Unfortunately, many of the numbers suggested by new owners are wrong and do not make much sense.

Why would you want to have six PCs if the usual multiplayer PC games have five players per team? Likewise, why would you only have three consoles, such as Playstation, Wii, or Xbox?

A little bit of math, and you’ll come to the correct number of systems you need to put up when starting. As much as possible, try to have at least 10 PCs for a full-on 5v5 LAN game. At least eight units should work fine for consoles if you have any budget constraints.

The numbers will teach you how to be efficient and maximize your space, units, and earnings. Here are things to remember when it comes to the number of systems you’ll need when starting:

  • It would help if you strived to start with 40 stations. That is regardless of the size and population of your city. Forty units should be enough to earn about $1,000 on a busy weekend.
  • We would suggest securing at least 16 units of  Xbox  and 16 units of  Playstation . If that’s not possible, then a couple of each should suffice early on. The reason to have at least a few of these consoles is for players to have access to exclusive games. You will also cater to the fighting game community, putting butts in seats. Your center should be more attractive that way.
  • Lastly, make sure to accommodate multiple team event gaming sizes. 

Your PC units should be in a multiple of 10 for at least a 5v5 event (or 12 for Overwatch), and your console gaming units should be at a multiple of eight or at least 16 for four teams on a 4v4 event.

An esports center should have many computer units because popular modern casual and competitive esports titles are PC-based.

For more information on  calculating the financials  of your LAN center space, check out our calculator.  Connect with us here  if you want more info on how we can help you figure and firm up your start-up costs.

Sign up for ggCircuit Updates!

Wisdom From Experience

Having operated multiple LAN centers throughout the years has given us a ton of practical knowledge about running one. So let us share some more of them.

Please take note that a LAN center works more like a movie theater, and the weekends are its busiest days of the week. There’s no surprise given that our target markets are mostly 18 to 24-year-olds. When school is out, your LAN center will get crowded.

There will be more gamers during the weekend and you should take advantage of this by offering food and beverage to customers

The rule of thumb is that you should be able to cover all of your expenses for the month with what you’re going to earn on weekends. So, for example, if your monthly payments amount to $10,000, you will have to earn $2,500 at least per weekend.

There should be a strategic financial plan to at least keep your head above water as you learn the ropes, develop a system, and eventually grow your business.

Also, please note that many first-time visitors to your LAN center will come with friends and will want to play the same games together. So if you have the number of units per system that we discussed above, you’ll be good to go.

Otherwise, you’ll risk losing all of them if you can not accommodate them. Lastly, don’t buy game licenses for each system in your LAN center. Most of the games are the same on different systems, which would be an additional but useless expense. Plus, you can utilize the  ggCircuit suite  of products to serve up licenses as needed, saving you money.

Space and Equipment

Gaming centers should have computers that can play popular esports titles

Apart from getting the correct units and managing your finances, you also need to ensure that your esports center is a comfortable community space for all gamers. We’re talking about just the right amount of comfort and not too much of it.

Make sure not to put up huge monitors. Gamers are in your center to enjoy, play, eat, drink, and compete with their friends — not get awed by technology. Just make sure to have at least 36 inches of counter space and 24-inch monitors. That should be four players per 12 feet.

You will also need to invest in quality peripherals such as gaming keyboards and mice . Having the right equipment is part of the overall experience in a LAN center.

Maximize your space by placing systems efficiently in some regions of your LAN center. Ensure to maintain your systems, impose safety rules, and keep the place clean.

Click here to test the ggLeap client!

Test Drive ggLeap Button

Get Your Gaming Center Off the Ground

If possible, get as much space as possible for your LAN center. No esports center owner has ever complained to us that they have too much room.

Start your business as big as possible, and then upgrade whenever necessary and whenever you can. Be strategic with your decisions, and don’t get carried away by your love for gaming and games. The world loves video games, which will never change and only evolve. So, grow with it.

Find Alternate Paths of Revenue

We want to convey one word of caution that esports by itself is not yet a sustainable business. Please be sure to diversify your offerings with paths of revenue. Offering snacks/drinks or food & beverage is a no-brainer and has provided us with 40% of our income.

Actively promote parties and events to take place in your location. Consider traditional methods of entertainment like pinball, VR, ax throwing, and more to bring in a broader demographic of people. Utilize your technology to earn revenue while idle, such as ggCrypto. 

Gaming Center As An Attraction

The business model that we have discussed are some of the basic things you need to know when running an esports gaming center. 

However, this industry is starting to see a massive shift, and we are now in a time where we should add esports as an attraction. If you start this business from scratch, think of things you can put around your esports part of the business. Gone are the days when a LAN gaming center could make revenue out of PC rental time by itself. 

Instead, we should develop ways to make other revenue streams in our business to ensure longevity, and of course, make a profit out of it.

Are you interested in learning more about esports as an attraction? S end an email to our sales team at [email protected] .  

Related Articles

How To Create a Video Game Birthday Party in Esports Centers

Best Tips for Creating a Video Game Birthday Party!

Nothing can be more exciting and fun for kids who love playing video games than having a video game birthday party in an esports center. An esports center is essentially...

An Esports Center's Guide to Minecraft Birthday Party

An Esports Center's Guide to a Minecraft Birthday Party

Have you ever wanted to introduce your esports venue to kids? Here's a genius idea:

MASTER SEAT

FRANCHISE NEWS

DOWNLOAD APP

lan center business plan

Are LAN centers profitable?

lan center business plan

David Kosir

Wednesday, April 20, 2022

LAN centers can be profitable if set up and run carefully. By joining a LAN center franchise like Friendly Fire, which has a proven track record of success, you can maximize your chances of success and have access to a network of experts and advanced software solutions that are not available to standalone LAN centers.

With the rise in the popularity of esports, opening a LAN center (also known as a gaming cafe) can be a lucrative business opportunity. However, as with any business venture, it's important to consider the financial aspects of owning a LAN center and how to turn a profit.

A LAN center is a business that provides a physical space for customers to come and play video games with friends or other customers. LAN centers typically offer high-end gaming computers, fast internet connection, and various other amenities such as food and drinks, comfortable seating and other gaming related items.

In this blog post, we'll be discussing the financial considerations of owning a LAN center and how to maximize profits. We'll also delve into the benefits of joining a LAN center franchise, specifically Friendly Fire, which has a proven track record of success with multiple LAN centers in its network. With years of experience in the industry, Friendly Fire has never had a LAN center closed due to a financial failure and can help you with financial stability and reduced risk of failure.

Financial considerations for owning a LAN center

Opening a LAN center can be a significant financial undertaking, and it's important to understand the costs associated with setting up and running the business. Before opening a LAN center, it's crucial to budget and research the costs of equipment, rent, utilities, and other expenses to ensure that the investment will be worth it in the long run.

Initial Costs: The initial costs of setting up a LAN center can include the cost of equipment, such as gaming computers, monitors, keyboards, and other peripherals, as well as furniture, sound systems, and other amenities. Additionally, there will be costs associated with leasing or purchasing a space, building out the space, and obtaining any necessary licenses and permits.

Ongoing Expenses: Once the LAN center is up and running, there will be ongoing expenses such as rent, utilities, internet and phone service, payroll, and marketing and advertising. It's important to consider these expenses when developing a financial plan and budget for the business.

Revenue Streams: LAN centers generate revenue through several streams such as hourly or daily fees, memberships, and sales of food, drinks, and other products. It's important to understand the potential revenue streams and how they will impact the overall profitability of the business.

Budgeting and Financial Planning: One of the most crucial steps in ensuring the success of a LAN center is to develop a detailed financial plan and budget. This includes forecasting expenses, revenue, and profits and taking into account the costs associated with running the business. It is important to always have a financial buffer in case of unexpected events.

By joining the Friendly Fire franchise, you will have assistance in creating a comprehensive business plan, taking into account all of the financial considerations for owning a LAN center. Friendly Fire experts have already seen a dozen of different LAN centers and you can rely on their experience and knowledge to help guide you through the process of budgeting, forecasting, and financial planning to ensure the long-term profitability and success of your LAN center.

Maximizing profits in a LAN center

Once the LAN center is up and running, it's important to implement strategies to attract and retain customers, optimize operations, and increase profitability.

Attracting and Retaining Customers: One of the most important factors in maximizing profits is having a steady stream of customers. This can be achieved through effective marketing and advertising strategies, such as online advertising, social media, and partnerships with local businesses. Additionally, offering incentives such as loyalty programs, discounts, and special events can help to attract and retain customers.

Utilizing Technology and Software: Utilizing technology and software can help to streamline operations and increase efficiency. This includes using software for managing customer data, scheduling, and accounting, as well as using technology to enhance the customer experience. For example, implementing a system for online reservations and payments can make the process more convenient for customers and reduce the workload for staff.

Collaborating with Other LAN Centers and Gaming Communities: Collaborating with other LAN centers and gaming communities can also be beneficial in increasing profits. This can include organizing joint events, sharing resources and ideas, and networking with other industry professionals. Additionally, participating in gaming tournaments and competitions can help to attract customers and generate buzz for the LAN center.

By attracting and retaining customers, utilizing technology and software, and collaborating with other LAN centers and gaming communities, LAN center owners can increase profits and optimize their operations.

It's important to note that a LAN center franchise such as Friendly Fire, has a huge experience and a lot of LAN centers in the franchise, maximizing the probability of success. Friendly Fire can provide you with the necessary strategies and resources to optimize your operations and increase profitability.

The benefits of joining a LAN center franchise

Joining a LAN center franchise can provide a number of benefits for entrepreneurs looking to open a gaming center. One of the main benefits is the support and resources provided by the franchisor, which can greatly increase the chances of success for the business.

Access to Proven Business Models: Franchisors have already established a successful business model, and by joining a franchise, entrepreneurs have access to this proven model. This includes established systems for operations, marketing, and customer service, as well as a pre-existing customer base.

Training and Support: Franchisees also receive training and support from the franchisor, which can help them to understand the business model and operate the business efficiently. This can include training on operations, marketing, and customer service, as well as ongoing support to help the franchisee navigate any challenges that may arise.

Marketing and Advertising: Franchisees also benefit from the franchisor's marketing and advertising efforts, which can help to attract and retain customers. This can include national advertising campaigns, promotions, and other marketing efforts that can help to drive business to the franchisee's location.

Purchasing Power: Franchisees also benefit from the franchisor's purchasing power, which can help to reduce costs for equipment, supplies, and other expenses. This can help to increase profitability for the business.

Advanced Software: Additionally, joining a LAN center franchise such as Friendly Fire, gives access to advanced software that can help to optimize operations and increase profitability. Friendly Fire software solution offers a variety of features that can help streamline the operations of a gaming center. This includes machine learning algorithms that analyze large amounts of data to match similar customers, create customized push notifications, automatically adjust dynamic prices, personalize offers, make short-term predictions, and much more.

With over 20 different modules working together to create a smooth experience and easy operations, Friendly Fire's software is truly exceptional. The dynamic pricing model that adjusts prices based on demand and customer loyalty points is one of the key features that can help to optimize pricing and maximize revenue. Additionally, Friendly Fire has implemented a loyalty program that rewards customers for their loyalty and helps to drive repeat business.

With the help of Friendly Fire's software, franchisees can streamline their operations, manage customer data effectively and make the most of every customer interaction.

LAN centers can be profitable if set up and run carefully. By joining a LAN center franchise like Friendly Fire, which has a proven track record of success, you can maximize your chances of success and have access to a network of experts and advanced software solutions that are not available to standalone LAN centers. With the right financial planning, budgeting and strategies for attracting and retaining customers, you can turn your LAN center into a profitable and successful business.

Friendly Fire is an international gaming cafe franchise. It is a place for gamers who like to play with others, compete, improve, win and have a great time. Friendly Fire is known for its amazing community and great atmosphere.

Master Seat

Terms of Use

Privacy Policy

Cookies Policy

Community Guidelines

Advertising Guidelines

Franchise Information

Franchise News

© 2024 Friendly Fire, Inc. All Rights reserved

Growthink logo white

Gaming Lounge Business Plan Template

Written by Dave Lavinsky

gaming lounge business plan

Gaming Lounge Business Plan

Over the past 10+ years, we have helped over 500 entrepreneurs and business owners create business plans to start and grow their gaming lounge companies.

If you’re unfamiliar with creating a gaming lounge business plan, you may think creating one will be a time-consuming and frustrating process. For most entrepreneurs it is, but for you, it won’t be since we’re here to help. We have the experience, resources, and knowledge to help you create a great business plan.

In this article, you will learn some background information on why business planning is important. Then, you will learn how to write a gaming lounge business plan step-by-step so you can create your plan today.

Download our Ultimate Business Plan Template here >

What is a Gaming Lounge Business Plan?

A business plan provides a snapshot of your gaming lounge business as it stands today, and lays out your growth plan for the next five years. It explains your business goals and your strategies for reaching them. It also includes market research to support your plans.

Why You Need a Business Plan for a Gaming Lounge

If you’re looking to start a gaming lounge business or grow your existing gaming lounge company, you need a business plan. A business plan will help you raise funding, if needed, and plan out the growth of your gaming lounge business to improve your chances of success. Your gaming lounge business plan is a living document that should be updated annually as your company grows and changes.

Sources of Funding for Gaming Lounge Businesses

With regards to funding, the main sources of funding for a gaming lounge business are personal savings, credit cards, bank loans, and angel investors. When it comes to bank loans, banks will want to review your business plan (hand it to them in person or email to them as a PDF file) and gain confidence that you will be able to repay your loan and interest. To acquire this confidence, the loan officer will not only want to ensure that your financials are reasonable, but they will also want to see a professional plan. Such a plan will give them the confidence that you can successfully and professionally operate a business. Personal savings and bank loans are the most common funding paths for gaming lounge companies.

Finish Your Business Plan Today!

How to write a business plan for a gaming lounge business.

If you want to start a gaming lounge business or expand your current one, you need a business plan. The guide and sample below details the necessary information for how to write each essential component of your gaming lounge business plan.

Executive Summary

Your executive summary provides an introduction to your business plan, but it is normally the last section you write because it provides a summary of each key section of your plan.

The goal of your executive summary is to quickly engage the reader. Explain to them the kind of gaming lounge business you are running and the status. For example, are you a startup, do you have a gaming lounge business that you would like to grow, or are you operating a chain of gaming lounge businesses?

Next, provide an overview of each of the subsequent sections of your plan. 

  • Give a brief overv iew of the gaming lounge industry. 
  • Discuss the type of gaming lounge business you are operating. 
  • Detail your direct competitors. Give an overview of your target customers. 
  • Provide a snapshot of your marketing strategy. Identify the key members of your team. 
  • Offer an overview of your financial plan.

Company Overview

In your company overview, you will detail the type of gaming lounge business you are operating.

For example, you m ight specialize in one of the following types of gaming lounge businesses:

  • Gaming lounge membership club : While the lounge is dedicated to serious video game play, the members-only club creates a community of friends and hours of enjoyment. Members pay monthly dues for unlimited access to video gaming, virtual reality and class video slot machine play.
  • Board game cafe: Board gaming cafes are dedicated to board game aficionados who join any games that appeal to them. Appetizers and beverages may be offered.
  • Arcade gaming lounge: For video arcade diehards, the arcade gaming lounge represents the classic arcade games much beloved by players. Games are video slot machine-play.
  • Gaming bar and grill: For players who like to combine the latest video games, virtual reality and high-end technology, gaming bars are the go-to place. Players typically have a choice of beer, wine or cocktails with favorite foods, such as burgers and fries, from the grill. 

In addition to explaining the type of gaming lounge business you will operate, the company overview needs to provide background on the business.

Include answers to questions such as:

  • When and why did you start the business?
  • What milestones have you achieved to date? Milestones could include the number of gamers served, the number of large gaming events held, or, reaching X number of lounges opened, etc.
  • Your legal business structure. Are you incorporated as an S-Corp? An LLC? A sole proprietorship? Explain your legal structure here.

Industry Analysis

In your industry or market analysis, you need to provide an overview of the gaming lounge industry.

While this may seem unnecessary, it serves multiple purposes.

First, researching the gaming lounge industry educates you. It helps you understand the market in which you are operating. 

Secondly, market research can improve your marketing strategy, particularly if your analysis identifies market trends.

The third reason is to prove to readers that you are an expert in your industry. By conducting the research and presenting it in your plan, you achieve just that.

The following questions should be answered in the industry analysis section of your gaming lounge business plan:

  • How big is the gaming lounge industry (in dollars)?
  • Is the market declining or increasing?
  • Who are the key competitors in the market?
  • Who are the key suppliers in the market?
  • What trends are affecting the industry?
  • What is the industry’s growth forecast over the next 5 – 10 years?
  • What is the relevant market size? That is, how big is the potential target market for your gaming lounge business? You can extrapolate such a figure by assessing the size of the market in the entire country and then applying that figure to your local population.

Customer Analysis

The customer analysis section of your gaming lounge business plan must detail the customers you serve and/or expect to serve.

The following are examples of customer segments: individuals, club members, event partygoers, and corporations.

As you can imagine, the customer segment(s) you choose will have a great impact on the type of gaming lounge business you operate. Clearly, individuals would respond to different marketing promotions than event partygoers, for example.

Try to break out your target customers in terms of their demographic and psychographic profiles. With regards to demographics, including a discussion of the ages, genders, locations, and income levels of the potential customers you seek to serve.

Psychographic profiles explain the wants and needs of your target customers. The more you can recognize and define these needs, the better you will do in attracting and retaining your customers. Ideally you can speak with a sample of your target customers before writing your plan to better understand their needs.

Finish Your Gaming Lounge Business Plan in 1 Day!

Don’t you wish there was a faster, easier way to finish your business plan?

With Growthink’s Ultimate Business Plan Template you can finish your plan in just 8 hours or less!

Competitive Analysis

Your competitive analysis should identify the indirect and direct competitors your business faces and then focus on the latter.

Direct competitors are othe r gaming lounge businesses. 

Indirect competitors are other options that customers have to purchase from that aren’t directly competing with your product or service. This includes bowling alleys with pinball machines, at-home gaming, or gambling with casino-play. You need to mention direct competition, as well.

For each direct competitor, provide an overview of their business and document their strengths and weaknesses. Unless you once worked at your competitors’ businesses, it will be impossible to know everything about them. But you should be able to find out key things about them such as

  • What types of customers do they serve?
  • What type of gaming lounge business are they?
  • What is their pricing (premium, low, etc.)?
  • What are they good at?
  • What are their weaknesses?

With regards to the last two questions, think about your answers from the customers’ perspective. And don’t be afraid to ask your competitors’ customers what they like most and least about them.

The final part of your competitive analysis section is to document your areas of competitive advantage. For example:

  • Will you provide rewards for frequent players?
  • Will you offer events, such as video tournaments, that your competition doesn’t?
  • Will you provide the newest technology in gaming consoles?
  • Will you offer better pricing?

Think about ways you will outperform your competition and document them in this section of your plan.

Marketing Plan

Traditionally, a marketing plan includes the four P’s: Product, Price, Place, and Promotion. For a gaming lounge business plan, your marketing strategy should include the following:

Product : In the product section, you should reiterate the type o f gaming lounge company that you documented in your company overview. Then, detail the specific products or services you will be offering. For example, will you provide gaming tournaments, rewards for frequent players, themed parties, club membership perks and extended gaming hours on special occasions?

Price : Document the prices you will offer and how they compare to your competitors. Essentially in the product and price sub-sections of yo ur plan, yo u are presenting the products and/or services you offer and their prices.

Place : Place refers to the site of your gaming lounge company. Document where your company is situated and mention how the site will impact your success. For example, is your gaming lounge business located in a popular restaurant and theater district, a standalone building or in a “destination” setting? Discuss how your site might be the ideal location for your customers.

Promotions : The final part of your gaming lounge marketing plan is where you will document how you will drive potential customers to your location(s). The following are some promotional methods you might consider:

  • Advertise in gaming magazines
  • Reach out to gaming websites 
  • Distribute flyers for special gaming events
  • Engage in email marketing
  • Advertise to club members on social media platforms
  • Improve the SEO (search engine optimization) on your website for targeted keywords

Operations Plan

While the earlier sections of your business plan explained your goals, your operations plan describes how you will meet them. Your operations plan should have two distinct sections as follows.

Everyday short-term processes include all of the tasks involved in running your gaming lounge business, including adding and maintaining video machines and equipment, planning and providing tournaments and special events, restocking food inventory, etc. 

Long-term goals are the milestones you hope to achieve. These could include the dates when you expect to book your Xth gaming tournament, or when you hope to reach $X in revenue. It could also be when you expect to expand your gaming lounge business to additional locations.

Management Team

To demonstrate your gaming lounge business’ potential to succeed, a strong management team is essential. Highlight your key players’ backgrounds, emphasizing those skills and experiences that prove their ability to grow a company. 

Ideally, you and/or your team members have direct experience in managing gaming lounge businesses. If so, highlight this experience and expertise. But also highlight any experience that you think will help your business succeed.

If your team is lacking, consider assembling an advisory board. An advisory board would include 2 to 8 individuals who would act as mentors to your business. They would help answer questions and provide strategic guidance. If needed, look for advisory board members with experience in managing a gaming lounge business or successfully running a video arcade or casino gaming room.

Financial Plan

Your financial plan should include your 5-year financial statement broken out both monthly or quarterly for the first year and then annually. Your financial statements include your income statement, balance s heet, and cash flow statements.

Income Statement

An income statement is more commonly called a Profit and Loss statement or P&L. It shows your revenue and then subtracts your costs to show whether you turned a profit or not.

In developing your income statement, you need to devise assumptions. For example, will you see 10 new video club memberships per day, or develop new ways to enhance video gamer play areas ? And will sales grow by 2% or 10% per year? As you can imagine, your choice of assumptions will greatly impact the financial forecasts for your business. As much as possible, conduct research to try to root your assumptions in reality.

Balance Sheets

Balance sheets show your assets and liabilities. While balance sheets can include much information, try to simplify them to the key items you need to know about. For instance, if you spend $50,000 on building out your gaming lounge business, this will not give you immediate profits. Rather it is an asset that will hopefully help you generate profits for years to come. Likewise, if a lender writes you a check for $50,000, you don’t need to pay it back immediately. Rather, that is a liability you will pay back over time.

Cash Flow Statement

Your cash flow statement will help determine how much money you need to start or grow your business, and ensure you never run out of money. What most entrepreneurs and business owners don’t realize is that you can turn a profit but run out of money and go bankrupt. 

When creating your Income Statement and Balance Sheets be sure to include several of the key costs needed in starting or growing a video game room business:

  • Cost of gaming equipment and maintenance
  • Payroll or salaries paid to staff
  • Business insurance
  • Other start-up expenses (if you’re a new business) like legal expenses, permits, computer software, and foodstuffs, board games, barware, or restaurant equipment

Attach your full financial projections in the appendix of your plan along with any supporting documents that make your plan more compelling. For example, you might include your office location lease or a list of club memberships generating steady income.

Writing a business plan for your gaming lounge business is a worthwhile endeavor. If you follow the template above, by the time you are done, you will truly be an expert and understand how to start a gaming lounge business. You will understand the gaming lounge industry, your competition, and your customers. You will develop a marketing strategy and will understand what it takes to launch and grow a successful gaming lounge business.

Don’t you wish there was a faster, easier way to finish your Gaming Lounge business plan?

OR, Let Us Develop Your Plan For You

Since 1999, Growthink has developed business plans for thousands of companies who have gone on to achieve tremendous success.  

Click here to see how Growthink’s business plan professional services can help you create a winning business.

Other Helpful Business Plan Articles & Templates

Business Plan Template for Small Businesses & Entrepreneurs

A Touch of Business

How to Start a Gaming Center Using These Resources

Main Sections In This Post Steps To Starting A Gaming Center Business Points to Consider Knowledge Is Power Featured Video

In this post, you’ll find a step-by-step guide on how to start a gaming center business.

In addition, we will give you an overview of what you can expect from operating a gaming center business and help you make better decisions and gain clarity.

You can access the latest resources in our “Knowledge Is Power” section, which can be used during the startup phase and once your gaming center business is fully operational.

There is an abundance of information available to explore. If you like this post, consider sharing it with others and bookmarking it for future reference.

Let’s get started with the steps.

The Steps to Take To Start Your Gaming Center Business

Below are the steps to starting a gaming center business.

Each step is linked to a specific section, allowing you to jump to your desired section or scroll to follow the steps in order.

  • An Overview of What You’re Getting Into
  • Gaming Center Business Overview
  • Researching Your Gaming Center Business
  • Looking at Financials
  • Creating Your Mission Statement
  • Creating A Unique Selling Proposition (USP)
  • Choose a Gaming Center Business Name
  • Register Your Company
  • Create Your Corporate Identity
  • Writing a Business Plan
  • Banking Considerations
  • Getting the Funds for Your Operation
  • Software Setup
  • Business Insurance Considerations
  • Supplier and Service Provider Considerations
  • Setting Your Prices
  • Physical Setup
  • Creating a Website
  • Create an External Support Team
  • Hiring Employees
  • Getting Customers Through the Door

1. An Overview of What You’re Getting Into

a. ) Owning and Operating Your Own Business

Entrepreneurial Responsibility

Owning and running a business entails a distinct level of responsibility compared to traditional employment.

The nine-to-five workday no longer applies; you may work long hours, deal with unexpected challenges, and make critical decisions.

Assess Your Suitability

Before embarking on your gaming center business venture, it’s crucial to assess whether the role of a business owner aligns with your ambitions and capabilities.

Entrepreneurship demands dedication, adaptability, and a strong sense of responsibility, making it essential to be sure it’s the right fit for you.

See Considerations Before You Start Your Business to identify points for a new business owner.

b.) Pros and Cons of Owning a Business

Balancing Pros and Cons of Business Ownership

Every business venture comes with its set of advantages and disadvantages. While the benefits of owning and operating a business can be enticing, it’s crucial not to overlook the potential challenges.

Acknowledge Potential Challenges

Acknowledging and thoroughly reviewing the challenges that may arise in your entrepreneurial journey is vital.

Doing so gives you a comprehensive understanding of the obstacles you might encounter.

Preparation and Anticipation

Understanding these potential problems equips you with the foresight to prepare and mitigate challenges effectively.

It reduces the element of surprise and allows you to proactively address issues, increasing your chances of long-term success in your business endeavor.

For more, see Pros and Cons of Starting a Small Business.

c.) Passion a Key Ingredient For Success

The Power of Passion

Passion Fuels Success:

When you’re passionate about your gaming center business, challenges become opportunities for solutions. Passion serves as the driving force that keeps you committed and resilient.

The Litmus Test:

Imagine a life with limitless wealth and freedom. If you’d still choose to run a gaming center business for the love of it, your passion is evident, and you’re on the right path.

Choosing Passion:

Exploring your true passions is crucial if you answer “no” to the scenario. Pursuing what you love is essential for long-term success and fulfillment.

In Conclusion:

Passion isn’t just a desirable quality; it’s a prerequisite for thriving in the gaming center business. It fuels your dedication, innovation, and resilience, giving you a competitive edge in the industry.

For More, See How Passion Affects Your Business .

2. Gaining an Overview of Owning a Gaming Center Business

Next, let’s discuss critical issues to give you an overview of what to expect from owning and running a gaming center business.

Note: This section contains an abundance of information that you will want to review. It will give you an overview of what to expect, and it’s worth reading this section.

a.) A Quick Overview of Owning a Gaming Center Business

Gaming Center Overview:

A gaming center business is an entertainment facility providing a space for gamers to play video games individually and in groups.

It offers a range of gaming platforms, including PCs, consoles, virtual reality (VR) setups, and various games to cater to diverse gaming preferences.

Day-to-Day Operations

Customer Engagement: Greet and assist customers, ensuring a seamless gaming experience. Answer inquiries, manage reservations, and guide game selection.

Equipment Maintenance:

Regularly inspect gaming consoles, PCs, VR systems, and peripherals to ensure optimal working conditions.

Technical Support:

Offer technical assistance to customers encountering gaming equipment or software issues. Troubleshoot and resolve technical problems promptly.

Event Management:

Organize and host gaming tournaments, events, and parties. Ensure events run smoothly, from setup to prize distribution.

Facility Maintenance:

Keep the gaming center clean, organized, and safe. Address any facility-related issues promptly.

Inventory Management:

Manage gaming consoles, PCs, accessories, and game titles inventory levels. Restock as needed and keep track of inventory records.

Marketing and Promotion:

Develop and execute marketing strategies to attract and retain customers. Maintain a solid online presence through social media and community engagement.

Staff Supervision:

Oversee employees’ work, if applicable, ensuring they provide excellent customer service and adhere to operational protocols.

Financial Management:

Monitor daily revenue, handle transactions, and manage cash flow . Maintain financial records and prepare regular financial reports.

Implement security measures to protect customer data, equipment, and the premises. Ensure a safe and welcoming environment for all customers.

Community Building:

Hosting gaming-related events, leagues, and forums fosters a positive gaming community. Encourage interaction among gamers and organize online and offline competitions.

Content Creation:

If applicable, create and share gaming-related content, such as videos, live streams, or written articles, to engage with the gaming community and promote the center.

Regulatory Compliance:

Stay updated on and adhere to local, state, and federal regulations, including permits, licenses, and safety standards.

Customer Feedback:

Act on customer feedback, reviews, and suggestions to improve and enhance the overall customer experience.

Running a gaming center business involves various day-to-day tasks encompassing customer service, technical support, event management, marketing, and facility maintenance.

These operations provide an exceptional gaming environment and ensure the business’s success within the competitive gaming industry.

b.) Gaming Center Business Models

Types of Gaming Center Business Setups and Their Business Models

1. Traditional Gaming Center:

  • Business Model: Customers pay hourly or per-game session fees to access gaming equipment and facilities. Additional revenue may come from concessions and merchandise sales.
  • Target Audience: General gamers looking for a diverse gaming experience.

2. Esports Arena:

  • Business Model: Primarily focuses on hosting esports tournaments, offering memberships, and providing gaming equipment and facilities. Revenue streams include entry fees, sponsorships, and advertising.
  • Target Audience: Competitive gamers and esports enthusiasts.

3. VR Gaming Center:

  • Business Model: Specializes in virtual reality gaming experiences. Customers pay per VR session or purchase memberships. Additional revenue may come from game sales and event hosting.
  • Target Audience: Gamers interested in immersive VR experiences.

4. LAN Party Center:

  • Business Model: Provides a local area network (LAN) setup for multiplayer gaming events and parties. Income is generated from rental fees, event bookings, and snack bar sales.
  • Target Audience: Gamers seeking social and multiplayer experiences.

5. Board Game Café and Lounge:

  • Business Model: Combines traditional board games, card games, and tabletop role-playing games with a café or lounge setting. Revenue is generated through game rentals, food and beverage sales, and event hosting.
  • Target Audience: Board gamers and social groups looking for a unique gaming experience.

6. Family-Friendly Gaming Center:

  • Business Model: Caters to a family-friendly audience by offering a range of games suitable for all ages. Revenue comes from admission fees, party bookings, and snack bar sales.
  • Target Audience: Families and casual gamers.

7. Theme-Based Gaming Center:

  • Business Model: Incorporates a unique theme or setting into the gaming experience, such as a retro arcade, fantasy tavern, or futuristic space station. Revenue sources vary based on the theme but may include admission fees, game rentals, and themed merchandise sales.
  • Target Audience: Gamers who appreciate immersive and themed gaming environments.

8. Hybrid Gaming Center:

  • Business Model: Offers a combination of gaming experiences, such as traditional PC gaming, console gaming, VR, and board games. Revenue streams are diverse, including hourly fees, memberships, and event hosting.
  • Target Audience: A broad spectrum of gamers seeking diverse gaming options.

Choosing a suitable business model for your gaming center is critical during planning. Specializing in a niche allows you to tailor your services to a specific audience, becoming a specialist rather than trying to cater to everyone.

This focused approach can lead to a more prosperous and planned startup phase, as each business model has unique challenges and opportunities.

c.) Challenges You Could Face When Starting and Operating a Gaming Center Business

Challenges in the Startup Phase of a Gaming Center Business

Starting a gaming center business can be an exciting venture, but it comes with its fair share of challenges during the initial stages.

Here are some common obstacles that owners may face:

  • Capital Requirements: Acquiring the necessary funds to set up the gaming center can be challenging. Costs include gaming equipment, facility lease or purchase, interior design , and initial marketing expenses.
  • Location Selection: Finding the right location is crucial. It must be accessible to your target audience, have sufficient space for gaming stations, and comply with zoning regulations. Securing the ideal location can be time-consuming and competitive.
  • Equipment and Technology: Acquiring and maintaining gaming equipment, including PCs, consoles, VR gear, and peripherals, requires a substantial investment. Ensuring these assets remain up-to-date with the latest technology is an ongoing expense.
  • Competitive Market: The gaming industry is competitive, with other gaming centers, online gaming, and home gaming options vying for the same audience. Standing out in the market and attracting customers can be challenging.
  • Licensing and Regulations: Complying with local business regulations, permits, and licenses is essential. Navigating the legal requirements for gaming and entertainment businesses can be complex.
  • Staffing: Hiring qualified staff passionate about gaming and providing excellent customer service can be daunting. Training employees to handle technical issues and manage customer interactions is essential.
  • Marketing and Promotion: Building brand awareness and attracting the initial customer base can be challenging, especially when your gaming center is new. Effective marketing strategies are crucial to overcome this hurdle.
  • Cash Flow Management: Maintaining positive cash flow during the startup phase can be complex, as revenue may take time to stabilize. Managing expenses and securing financing options are essential for sustainability.
  • Customer Acquisition: Convincing gamers to choose your center over competitors or playing from home can be challenging. Offering unique experiences and incentives is critical to winning over customers.

Challenges in Operating an Established Gaming Center Business

Once your gaming center is up and running, new challenges emerge:

  • Competition: Continuously staying ahead of the competition and offering fresh experiences to retain customers can be demanding. Competitors may introduce new technologies or services.
  • Technical Issues: Gaming equipment can encounter technical problems, leading to customer dissatisfaction. Ensuring prompt technical support and maintenance is crucial.
  • Changing Gaming Trends: Staying updated with evolving gaming trends and preferences is essential. Adapting your game library and services to meet these changes requires constant effort.
  • Employee Retention: Retaining skilled and passionate employees can be challenging, as turnover rates in the gaming industry can be high. Creating a positive work environment and offering growth opportunities is vital.
  • Security and Safety: Maintaining a secure and safe online and on-site gaming environment is crucial. Preventing cybersecurity threats and addressing safety concerns is an ongoing responsibility.
  • Regulatory Compliance: Adhering to evolving regulations, such as data protection laws and gaming regulations, is necessary. Compliance efforts may require adjustments to your operations.
  • Customer Engagement: Sustaining customer engagement and loyalty is an ongoing challenge. Hosting events, tournaments, and community-building activities can help keep customers engaged.

Navigating these challenges during the startup phase and when operating an established gaming center requires adaptability, a customer-centric approach, and a commitment to delivering exceptional gaming experiences.

d.) Questions You Need to Consider for Your Gaming Center Business

1. What Business Model Suits Your Vision?

  • Define the specific type of gaming center business you plan to establish, whether it’s focused on esports, VR gaming, LAN parties, or a hybrid model.

2. Do You Possess the Necessary Skills?

  • Assess your qualifications and capabilities to effectively manage and operate a gaming center business. Identify areas where you may need to acquire new skills or expertise.

3. Solo or Team Effort?

  • Decide if you’ll handle all aspects of the business alone or hire employees to assist with daily operations and customer service.

4. Owner or Manager?

  • Determine your role within the business—will you actively manage the day-to-day operations, or are you considering hiring a dedicated manager?

5. Customer Acquisition Strategy:

  • Strategize how you’ll attract customers to your gaming center. Consider marketing, advertising, partnerships, and promotional events.

6. Analyzing the Competition:

  • Identify your competitors within the gaming center industry. Understand their strengths and weaknesses to develop a competitive edge.

7. Customer Retention Plan:

  • Devise a plan to keep customers returning to your gaming center. Consider loyalty programs , exclusive events, and exceptional customer experiences.

8. Partnerships and Investments:

  • Explore potential partnerships or investments to enhance your gaming center’s services or expand your business.

9. Financial Planning:

  • Develop a comprehensive financial plan to cover startup costs, including equipment, facility, licenses, and marketing expenses.

10. Profitability Timeline:

  • Estimate the time it will take for your gaming center to become profitable. Be prepared for initial financial challenges.

11. Sustainable Income:

  • Consider how you’ll support yourself during the initial operation phases when cash flow may be limited.

12. Product and Services:

  • Determine your range of products and services, such as gaming equipment, snacks, beverages, or merchandise.

13. Market Demand Assessment:

  • Research and validate the demand for your gaming center’s services. Ensure there is a market for what you intend to provide.

14. Unique Value Proposition:

  • Define what sets your gaming center apart from competitors. Identify unique features, experiences, or services that attract customers.

15. Positioning Strategy:

  • Decide how you want your gaming center to be perceived—high-end, average, or budget-friendly. Establish your brand identity accordingly.

Answering these critical questions provides a solid foundation for planning and launching your gaming center business.

It allows you to anticipate challenges, tailor your approach, and increase the chances of success in this dynamic and competitive industry.

3. Research

A.) inside information gaming center business research.

Essential Research for Your Gaming Center Business

Informed Decision-Making:

Conduct thorough research before proceeding with your gaming center business. Quality information is your compass in this journey, preventing surprises.

Seek Guidance:

Connect with experienced gaming center owners for invaluable insights. Their knowledge is a priceless resource to guide your venture.

Expert Advice:

Engaging with industry experts can provide clarity and direction. Learn from their years of experience to make informed choices.

Finding the Right Contacts:

Discovering the right people to consult goes beyond this post.

For detailed guidance on approaching industry experts, read “ An Inside Look Into the Business You Want To Start ” in the linked article for a comprehensive understanding of your chosen path.

b.) Demand, the Competition and Your Location

To set the stage for your gaming center’s success, it’s imperative to thoroughly analyze supply, demand, competition, and location.

This comprehensive understanding will provide you with valuable insights into your local market. Let’s delve into each aspect:

1. Demand Assessment:

Before starting your gaming center venture, you must gauge your product and service demand. Offering top-notch quality and competitive pricing isn’t sufficient without substantial demand.

Without demand, sustaining your gaming center can be challenging, leading to financial burdens that are hard to overcome.

2. Market Saturation Check:

In addition to demand, you must assess whether your market is saturated with similar services. In a saturated market, gaining a foothold can be challenging unless you provide something unique or distinctive.

You must also consider if your competitors could swiftly replicate your idea.

Established competitors might easily capture the lion’s market share if they can.

3. Competitive Landscape:

Analyze your competition closely. Ideally, you want to avoid competing against market giants that dominate the industry.

Instead, identify areas where you can differentiate your gaming center from existing players. Ask yourself what unique value you can offer that competitors don’t.

Determine if potential customers are willing to pay for these distinguishing factors.

4. Strategic Location Selection:

Choosing the right location for your gaming center is paramount. It should strike a balance between demand and competition. Affordability is also a critical factor.

While a densely populated area might promise more exposure, you must ensure that the increased expenses won’t erode your profits.

Opting for a more economical location is enticing, but you must guarantee that it still houses a substantial portion of your target market to sustain your business.

By comprehensively examining these factors, you’ll be better equipped to make informed decisions about launching and operating your gaming center.

A well-researched and strategically positioned business will likely thrive in a competitive market.

For more, see the Demand for Your Products and Services and Choosing The Best Location for Your Business.

c.) Target Audience

Unlocking the Power of Understanding Your Target Audience

A deep understanding of your target audience empowers your gaming center business in several ways.

By catering to their preferences and needs, you can offer precisely what they seek, resulting in greater customer satisfaction.

This customer-centric approach allows you to streamline your products and services, ensuring they align with your audience’s interests, leading to a more effective and focused business strategy.

Target Market Ideas:

  • Gamers of All Ages: Gaming appeals to a diverse age range, from kids to adults.
  • Esports Enthusiasts: Competitive gamers seeking a dedicated gaming space.
  • VR Enthusiasts: Those interested in immersive virtual reality experiences.
  • Social Gamers: Individuals looking for multiplayer and group gaming opportunities.
  • Families: Offering family-friendly gaming options and events.
  • Board Game Enthusiasts: Fans of traditional and tabletop games.
  • Event Hosts: Organizations and individuals in need of event venues.
  • Local Communities: Building a gaming hub for the community.
  • Tech-Savvy Audiences: Attracting those interested in the latest gaming technology.
  • Gaming Enthusiast Groups: Tapping into existing gaming communities.
  • Tourists and Visitors: Catering to travelers looking for unique entertainment experiences.

Understanding these potential segments within your target audience enables you to tailor your gaming center’s services and marketing strategies effectively.

For more, see How To Understand Your Target Market.

4. Looking at Financials:

Understanding the numbers and making good decisions are crucial factors in succeeding.

You will struggle to manage a successful operation without investing the time and effort necessary to understand and monitor the financials of your gaming center business.

This section has a lot to cover, and these are critical steps in starting and operating your business.

The section is broken up into the following:

Start-up Cost: In this step, we will look at the importance of getting an accurate estimate and a simple startup cost to help you get your setup ideas.

Monthly Expenses: Expenses must be monitored, or the operation could be jeopardized. A sample list of monthly expenses is provided, which can be used to generate ideas for the setup.

Profits: To keep your doors open, you must generate profits and enough to pay your bills, grow your business and support your income. There are a few points you will want to consider in this section.

Bests Practices: In addition to the above, we will examine a few best practices regarding your business’s financial aspects.

Let’s get started!

Start-Up Costs:

Startup Cost Estimation:

Accurately estimating startup costs is pivotal for the seamless progression of your gaming center business, from planning to opening day.

Underestimation can lead to financial shortages, potentially delaying your opening, while overestimation may deter potential investors by suggesting high risk.

Variable Factors:

  • Size and Location: Costs depend on the scale and location of your gaming center. Prime locations often command higher expenses.
  • Equipment and Staff: Decisions about new or used equipment, employee hiring, and payroll significantly affect cost estimation.
  • Facility Setup: Consider whether you’ll rent, lease, operate from home, or have an online setup, as each has cost implications.

Estimation Process:

  • Itemized List: Begin with a detailed list of everything you need for your gaming center, from equipment to licensing and marketing.
  • Price Research: Obtain price quotes for each item on your list. As you research, additional cost factors may emerge.
  • Business Model: Define your chosen business model, whether brick-and-mortar, home-based, or online, as this significantly influences costs.
  • Varied Variables: Recognize that each gaming center setup is unique, making it impossible to provide an exact cost. Variables such as location and size will play a crucial role.

Online Advantage:

  • Cost-Effective Online Operations: Online gaming centers generally have lower setup and operational costs than brick-and-mortar counterparts.
  • Home-Based Considerations: Even if you operate from home, the expenses are typically less than traditional setups.

Comprehensive research and obtaining accurate cost estimates are fundamental.

Determining if starting a gaming center business aligns with your financial capabilities and long-term goals is essential.

Sample Startup Cost For a Gaming Center Business

The purpose of the list below is to focus on the items in the list more than the numbers because these are general samples, and your figures will be different.

Sample Estimated Startup Costs for a MID-Sized Gaming Center Business in the USA:

  • Facility Lease/Rental: $3,000 – $6,000 per month
  • Interior Renovations/Design: $10,000 – $20,000
  • Gaming Consoles (20 units): $8,000 – $12,000
  • Gaming PCs (30 units): $15,000 – $25,000
  • Virtual Reality (VR) Stations (6 units): $6,000 – $10,000
  • Monitors/Displays: $2,000 – $4,000
  • Furniture and Seating: $3,000 – $5,000
  • Gaming Accessories (controllers, headsets, etc.): $4,000 – $6,000
  • Initial Game Licenses: $2,500 – $5,000
  • Security Systems: $2,000 – $4,000
  • Point-of-Sale (POS) System: $1,500 – $3,000
  • Marketing and Promotion: $5,000 – $10,000
  • Licenses and Permits: $1,000 – $2,000
  • Insurance (General Liability, Property): $1,500 – $3,000
  • Legal and Professional Fees: $2,000 – $4,000
  • Utilities (Electricity, Water, Internet): $1,500 – $3,000
  • Initial Inventory (Snacks, Beverages, Merchandise): $3,000 – $5,000
  • Staff Training: $1,000 – $2,000
  • Miscellaneous (Signage, Decor): $2,000 – $4,000

Total Estimated Startup Costs (Lower Range): $60,500 Total Estimated Startup Costs (Upper Range): $120,000

For more, refer to my article on Estimating Startup Costs.

Monthly Operating Costs:

Managing Monthly Expenses for Your Gaming Center Business

Monthly expenses for your gaming center mirror the factors discussed in startup costs, with several variables at play.

These variables can significantly impact your ongoing financial commitments:

1. Staffing:

Decisions about staffing, including the number of employees and their roles, will directly affect your monthly payroll expenses.

2. Location Impact:

Your choice of location continues to be a critical factor. High-traffic areas generally entail higher leasing costs, while less populated areas may offer lower rent.

3. Financial Obligations:

Ongoing expenses may include loan payments, marketing campaigns, and equipment maintenance.

Strategic Cost Management:

Minimizing non-essential expenses without compromising quality, service, or productivity is crucial to maintain operational efficiency and adapt to revenue fluctuations.

Effective financial management is critical to the long-term success of your gaming center business.

Sample list of estimated monthly expenses for a MID-sized gaming center business

Again, the purpose of the list below is to focus on the items in the list more than the numbers. The numbers are a general idea, and your numbers and list will differ.

Sample Estimated Monthly Expenses for a Medium-Sized Gaming Center Business in the USA:

  • Facility Lease/Rental: $4,000
  • Utilities (Electricity, Water, Internet): $800
  • Employee Salaries: $6,000
  • Equipment Maintenance: $500
  • Marketing and Advertising: $2,000
  • Loan Payments: $2,500
  • Insurance (General Liability, Property): $300
  • Software Licenses (Games, POS, Security): $1,000
  • Supplies (Snacks, Beverages, Merchandise): $1,200
  • Repair and Maintenance: $500
  • Miscellaneous (Signage, Decor, Contingency): $500

Total Estimated Monthly Expenses: $19,000

Please note that these are sample estimates, and actual expenses can vary based on location, the number of employees, and specific business operations.

Creating a detailed budget tailored to your gaming center’s unique circumstances is essential for accurate financial management.

Considerations for Profits

Deciphering Profit in Your Gaming Center Business

Profit is more than just margins; it’s the outcome of how efficiently you manage your gaming center.

Several key considerations impact your net profit, making it a dynamic figure that defies accurate estimation:

1. Overhead Impact:

High overhead costs can erode your profit margins, even with substantial sales. The relationship between overhead and net profit is crucial.

2. Individual Variables:

Each gaming center’s profit potential varies due to numerous individual factors, rendering precise estimations impossible.

3. Business Setup:

As the architect of your gaming center’s structure, you are best positioned to estimate potential profits. Choices like positioning your business as high-end or budget-conscious directly influence profit margins.

The Big Picture:

Profit should be viewed holistically. Avoid fixating on individual sale profits; instead, consider the aggregate. Striking the right balance between high sale volumes and adequate profit per sale is essential.

Data-Driven Estimations:

During the startup phase, estimations are essential. However, once operational, data-driven insights provide a solid foundation for precise financial planning.

Calculating Net Profit:

  • Net Profit = Total Revenue – Total Costs

Product Profitability Analysis:

Complex calculations can unveil the net profit per sale for different products or services. This analysis aids in prioritizing profitable services.

Understanding profit dynamics is an ongoing process.

While estimates set the stage, accurate data from operational experience refines your financial strategy, ensuring sustainable profitability in your gaming center business.

For More, See Estimating Profitability and Revenue.

Final Thoughts on Financials

Financial Insight for Your Gaming Center Business

Understanding and managing the financial aspects of your gaming center business is paramount.

Beyond the mandatory record-keeping for tax and legal compliance, the proactive analysis of your financial data offers valuable insights:

Monitoring Profits and Expenses:

Regularly tracking and evaluating profits and expenses provides a real-time pulse of your business’s financial health.

Trend Analysis:

Detailed financial reports unveil trends, enabling you to anticipate market shifts and changes in customer behavior.

Early Issue Detection:

An unexpected drop in sales can signal underlying issues. Vigilant financial monitoring allows for prompt investigation and proactive problem-solving .

Timely Action:

Critical issues may go unnoticed without financial vigilance until they escalate beyond control.

In summary, vigilant financial monitoring equips you with the foresight to address challenges promptly and seize opportunities for your gaming center business, safeguarding its long-term success.

5. Create Your Mission Statement

Defining Purpose with a Mission Statement

A mission statement serves as the compass for your gaming center business, guiding its purpose and clarifying the primary value it offers to customers and the community.

It ensures you remain focused on your core objectives.

Examples of Mission Statements for a Gaming Center Business:

  • “To create a vibrant gaming hub that fosters community, encourages social interaction, and provides a diverse range of gaming experiences for enthusiasts of all ages.”
  • “Our mission is to offer a welcoming space where gaming enthusiasts can connect, compete, and explore their passion for gaming while promoting inclusivity and fun.”
  • “At [Gaming Center Name], we’re committed to elevating the gaming experience by providing top-notch equipment, hosting engaging events, and building a community of gamers who share our love for gaming.”
  • “To be the go-to destination for gamers, where they can immerse themselves in a world of entertainment, discover new friendships, and enjoy the ultimate gaming experience.”
  • “We aim to empower gamers with a diverse gaming library, cutting-edge technology, and a supportive environment, fostering creativity and camaraderie in the gaming community.”

These mission statements reflect different aspects of a gaming center’s purpose, emphasizing community-building, inclusivity, entertainment, and technology-driven experiences.

For more, see How To Create a Mission Statement.

6. Creating A Unique Selling Proposition (USP)

Crafting Uniqueness with a USP

A Unique Selling Proposition (USP) is the cornerstone of setting your gaming center business apart.

It helps identify and create a distinctive element that grabs the attention of your target audience. A compelling USP answers, “Why should customers choose your gaming center over others?”

Examples of USPs for a Gaming Center Business:

  • Exclusive Game Library: “Experience gaming like never before with our curated collection of rare and exclusive titles you won’t find anywhere else.”
  • Virtual Reality Paradise: “Dive into the future of gaming with our state-of-the-art VR experiences that transport you to other worlds.”
  • 24/7 Gaming: “Game on your schedule – we’re open 24/7, so you can play whenever you want.”
  • Esports Arena: “Compete like a pro in our dedicated esports arena, complete with tournaments and coaching.”
  • Family-Friendly Fun: “A gaming center for all ages, with a focus on family-friendly entertainment, ensuring everyone can enjoy their time here.”
  • Gaming Lounge and Café: “Unwind in our comfortable lounge, enjoy a variety of snacks, and explore a vast gaming library.”

These USPs cater to different gaming preferences, from unique game services to accessibility and comfort.

A strong USP is vital for attracting and retaining customers in the competitive gaming center industry.

7. Choose a Business Name

Crafting the Perfect Gaming Center Business Name

Selecting the right name for your gaming center business is a pivotal decision. It should strike a balance between catchiness and industry relevance.

Remember, your chosen name will likely endure for the life of your company, so it’s worth taking your time. Here are essential considerations:

Memorability:

Opt for a name that’s easy to pronounce and remember, ensuring it sticks in your customers’ minds.

Online Presence:

Consider securing a matching domain name for your website to establish a cohesive online identity.

Availability:

Check for existing business names to avoid legal complications and confusion.

30 Ideas for Gaming Center Business Names:

  • GameWarp Central
  • PixelPlay Hub
  • Quantum Quest Arena
  • GameGenius Nexus
  • RetroRave Arcade
  • VirtuSphere Arena
  • PlayFusion Lounge
  • Joystick Jamboree
  • NexusGamer Haven
  • HyperXperience Arcade
  • Gamers’ Galore Hub
  • PixelPulse Palace
  • WarpZone Oasis
  • VRVortex Arena
  • GameCraft Central
  • QuestQuarters Lounge
  • ConsoleNest Hub
  • RetroRevive Realm
  • eSports Elevation Arena
  • GamingUniverse Nexus
  • PixelParadigm Palace
  • Player’s Paradise Lounge
  • WarpWizard Haven
  • VRVenture Oasis
  • GameOn Central
  • VictoryVista Arcade
  • JoystickJungle Nexus
  • InfinityImpact Hub
  • NexusNova Lounge
  • eXtremeZone Oasis

This list offers a creative springboard to help you devise a unique and memorable gaming center business name that resonates with your vision and audience.

For more, see the following articles:

  • How To Register a Business Name
  • Registering a Domain Name For Your Business

8. Register Your Company

Navigating Legal Compliance in Your Gaming Center Business

Ensuring the legal framework of your gaming center business is sound is a fundamental step toward long-term success.

Legalities encompass various aspects, from business structure to permits and licenses.

Here’s a comprehensive guide to stay on the right side of the law:

Consultation with Professionals: Seek guidance from legal and financial professionals to structure your business optimally. They’ll help you navigate tax benefits and liability concerns effectively.

Common Types of Registrations:

  • Sole Proprietorship
  • Partnership
  • Limited Liability Company (LLC)
  • Corporation (Inc.)

Permits and Licenses:

  • Business License: Typically required to operate in your locality.
  • Gaming License: If offering gambling or betting services.
  • Food Service Permit: If providing food and beverages.
  • Entertainment License: For hosting events or live entertainment.
  • Music License: If playing copyrighted music.
  • Alcohol License: If serving alcohol.
  • Health and Safety Permits: Ensuring compliance with health and safety regulations.
  • Fire Department Permit: For fire safety compliance.
  • Zoning Permits: Ensuring your location is zoned for your business.
  • Signage Permits: For outdoor signage.

Bondable Business: Consider becoming a bondable business. This enhances customer confidence, implying that your employees have passed background checks and are bondable, which can be crucial in building trust.

Navigating the legal intricacies of your gaming center business is essential for long-term viability and avoiding legal pitfalls.

Professional consultation and a thorough understanding of permits, licenses, and bonds are critical components of this process.

Registration:

  • How to Register Your Business
  • How To Register a DBA
  • How to Register a Trademark
  • How to Get a Business License

Business Structures:

  • How to Choose a Business Structure
  • Pros & Cons of a Sole Proprietorship
  • How To Form an LLC
  • How To Register a Business Partnership
  • How To Form a Corporation
  • How To Choose a Business Registration Service

9. Create Your Corporate Identity

Building a Strong Corporate Identity

A Corporate Identity (ID) is the visual representation of your gaming center business. It encompasses essential elements like your logo, business cards, website, signage, stationery, and promotional materials.

Consistency in design across these components is crucial to making a lasting professional impression on your audience.

Your Corporate ID serves as the face of your business, conveying its personality and values to potential customers.

You can see our pages for an overview of your logo , business cards , website , and business sign , or visit A Complete Introduction to Corporate Identity Packages.

10. Writing a Business Plan

The Vital Role of a Business Plan

A well-crafted business plan is not just a document; it’s the blueprint for your gaming center business’s success. Here’s why it’s indispensable:

Seeking Financing or Investors:

Whether you’re applying for loans or attracting investors, a business plan is essential for securing financial support.

Guiding Your Journey:

It is your guiding light during the startup phase and when your business is in full swing. It keeps you on the right path to achieving your goals.

Investing Time and Effort:

Crafting an effective business plan demands time and dedication. It’s your vision transformed into a comprehensive roadmap. While it may be labor-intensive, its clarity and direction are invaluable.

Exploring Options:

You have several options when creating your business plan. You can build it from scratch, hire a professional, use templates, or leverage specialized software.

Regardless of the approach, active participation is critical to effectively conveying your business’s nature and management strategy.

Adaptability:

Be prepared for change. Your business plan and operations may evolve with experience or market shifts.

Regularly reviewing and optimizing the plan is a wise practice, ensuring it remains a dynamic tool that reflects your gaming center’s growth and adaptability.

Business Plan Template for a Gaming Center Business

A comprehensive business plan is crucial for the success of your gaming center. It serves as a roadmap to guide your venture from inception to operational excellence. Below is a detailed business plan template with suggestions for each section:

1. Executive Summary:

  • Briefly describe your gaming center concept.
  • Highlight your unique selling proposition (USP).
  • Summarize financial projections.

2. Business Description:

  • Provide an overview of your gaming center.
  • Explain your business’s mission and vision.
  • Detail the location and facility layout.

3. Market Analysis:

  • Identify your target audience (gamers, age groups, demographics).
  • Analyze the gaming industry, including trends and growth potential.
  • Assess your competitors and their strengths and weaknesses.

4. Marketing and Sales Strategy:

  • Outline your marketing plan , including online and offline strategies.
  • Define pricing strategies.
  • Describe your sales tactics and customer acquisition plans.

5. Products and Services:

  • Detail your gaming services (e.g., console gaming, VR, tournaments).
  • Explain any additional services like snacks, drinks, or merchandise.
  • Highlight the customer experience you aim to provide.

6. Operations and Management:

  • Describe the daily operations of your gaming center.
  • Provide an organizational chart with key roles and responsibilities.
  • Discuss your suppliers and technology partners.

7. Funding Requirements:

  • Specify the amount of capital required for startup and ongoing operations.
  • Break down the use of funds, such as equipment, marketing, and working capital.
  • Outline your financial plan and funding sources.

8. Financial Projections:

  • Present a detailed financial forecast for at least three years, including income statements, balance sheets, and cash flow statements.
  • Include assumptions and scenarios for different growth trajectories.
  • Highlight key financial ratios and break-even analysis.

9. Risk Assessment:

  • Identify potential risks related to the gaming industry and your business.
  • Develop mitigation strategies for each risk.
  • Explain your approach to handling crises and emergencies.

10. Appendices: – Include any supporting documents, such as resumes, market research data, legal documents, or lease agreements.

11. Exit Strategy (Optional): – If applicable, outline your exit strategy , whether selling the business, franchising, or other possibilities.

Remember to tailor your business plan to your specific gaming center and market.

Regularly review and update your plan to adapt to changing circumstances and opportunities.

A well-structured business plan will guide your initial setup and serve as a valuable reference as your gaming center business evolves.

See How to Write a Business Plan for information on creating your business plan.

11. Banking Considerations

Selecting the Right Bank for Your Business

When choosing a bank for your gaming center business, proximity isn’t the only factor to consider. Look for a bank specializing in small business support with a robust financial sector reputation and a solid presence.

Building a professional relationship with your banker is crucial; they can offer valuable advice and streamline applications. Maintain separate business accounts to simplify expense tracking, reporting, and tax filing.

Additionally, having a merchant account or online payment service allows you to accept credit and debit cards, enhancing customer convenience and boosting sales.

A supportive banking partner is essential for your business’s financial stability.

For more, see How to Open a Business Bank Account. You may also want to look at What Is a Merchant Account and How to Get One.

12. Getting the Funds for Your Operation

Securing Financing for Your Gaming Center Business

If you require financial assistance to kickstart your gaming center business, consider the following strategies:

1. Traditional Lenders:

Explore loan options from banks and credit unions with experience in small business financing.

2. Private Loans:

Seek private investors or lending institutions specializing in business funding.

3. Investors:

Attract investors interested in the gaming industry by presenting a compelling business plan.

4. Asset Sales:

Liquidate your assets, such as equipment or property, to generate initial capital.

5. Government Grants:

Research potential government grants or subsidies available for starting a gaming center business.

When meeting with a loan officer, remember these key considerations:

  • Creditworthiness: Ensure your personal and business credit scores are in good standing.
  • Business Plan: Prepare a thorough business plan outlining your gaming center’s potential for success.
  • Collateral: Be ready to discuss collateral options to secure the loan.
  • Repayment Strategy: Explain your repayment strategy and provide financial projections.

Sample list of documents needed to apply for a new business loan:

  • Business plan with financial forecasts
  • Personal and business tax returns
  • Bank statements
  • Credit reports
  • Collateral details
  • Legal documents (licenses, permits)
  • Proof of business ownership

These steps will enhance your chances of securing financing to launch your gaming center business.

For more, see the following:

  • Getting a Small Business Loan
  • SBA Small Business Grants
  • Search: Gaming Center Business Start-up Loans
  • Search: Grants For a Gaming Center Business

13. Software Setup

Selecting Software for Gaming Center Management

Choosing the right software for your gaming center is crucial. Here are key considerations:

1. Long-Term Reliability: Opt for established software providers to ensure reliable support and updates.

2. Demonstrations: Prioritize software with available demos to assess suitability before purchase.

3. User Feedback: Read software reviews and participate in forums to learn from others’ experiences.

4. Accounting Software: Research options for expense tracking and tax document preparation.

Collaborating with your bookkeeper or accountant is advisable for informed software decisions.

Types of Software for Gaming Center Management:

  • Point-of-Sale (POS) Systems: Streamline transactions, inventory, and customer management.
  • Gaming Management Software: Monitor gaming machines, player data, and payouts.
  • Reservation and Scheduling Software: Handle bookings and appointment management.
  • Accounting Software: Track finances, expenses, and taxes.
  • Security and Surveillance Software: Enhance security through video monitoring and access control.
  • Customer Relationship Management (CRM) Software: Manage customer data, preferences, and communication.
  • Marketing and Promotion Tools: Utilize email marketing, social media, and loyalty programs.
  • Employee Scheduling and Payroll Software: Efficiently manage staffing and payroll tasks.
  • Inventory Management Software: Monitor and optimize inventory levels.
  • Maintenance and Repairs Tracking Software: Schedule and track equipment maintenance.

Selecting the suitable software suite for your gaming center ensures efficient operations and improved customer experience.

Check out Google’s latest search results for software packages for a gaming center business.

14. Get The Right Business Insurance

Safeguarding Your Gaming Center: Business Insurance

Mitigating risks through comprehensive insurance coverage is paramount when operating a gaming center. Here’s what to consider:

General Liability Insurance:

Protects against third-party bodily injury, property damage, and related lawsuits, ensuring coverage for customers and visitors.

Property Insurance:

Ensure your gaming equipment, furnishings, and premises are protected against damage from fire, theft, or natural disasters.

Business Interruption Insurance:

In case of unforeseen disruptions or closures (e.g., fire damage), this coverage provides financial relief, helping your business weather the storm.

Workers’ Compensation Insurance:

Mandatory in most states, this insurance covers employees’ medical expenses and lost wages due to work-related injuries.

Cyber Liability Insurance:

Protect against cyberattacks and data breaches, safeguarding sensitive customer information.

Liquor Liability Insurance:

If your gaming center serves alcohol, this coverage protects against alcohol-related incidents.

Umbrella Insurance:

Provides extra liability coverage beyond the limits of other policies, offering added protection.

Engage an experienced insurance broker to assess your needs and tailor a comprehensive package.

Ensuring the right coverage protects your gaming center, customers, employees, and peace of mind.

For more, see What to Know About Business Insurance . You can also browse the latest Google search results for gaming center business insurance .

15. Suppliers and Service Providers

Building Solid Supplier Partnerships: A Key to Gaming Center Success

Your suppliers and service providers are pivotal to your operations in the gaming center industry.

Here’s what you may need from them:

1. Gaming Equipment:

Reliable sources for video game consoles, PCs, gaming accessories, and arcade machines ensure you have the latest and most enticing services.

2. Snacks and Beverages:

Partner with suppliers for snacks, soft drinks, and refreshments to fuel your customers during gaming sessions.

3. Furniture and Seating:

Comfortable and ergonomic gaming chairs, tables, and seating arrangements are essential for customer satisfaction.

4. Internet and IT Services:

Dependable internet connectivity and IT support ensure uninterrupted gameplay and technical assistance.

5. Cleaning and Maintenance:

Contracts with cleaning and maintenance services keep your gaming center tidy and equipment well-maintained.

6. Marketing and Promotion:

Collaborate with marketing agencies or graphic designers to create enticing promotional materials and marketing campaigns.

7. Security Services:

Ensure the safety of your patrons and premises by contracting with security service providers.

Cultivating strong relationships with your suppliers and service providers is a two-way street. Offer prompt payments, clear communication, and mutually beneficial agreements to foster trust and reliability.

By nurturing these partnerships, your gaming center can thrive with top-notch services and satisfied customers.

For more information, see How To Choose a Supplier.

16. Setting Prices

Pricing Strategies for Gaming Center Success

Effective pricing is a critical aspect of your gaming center business. Here’s why researching pricing is essential:

1. Finding the Sweet Spot: Researching pricing allows you to discover the optimal balance between attracting customers and ensuring profitability.

2. Competitive Edge: Analyzing competitors’ pricing helps you position yourself competitively.

3. Customer Value: Emphasize your gaming center’s value to justify your pricing and retain loyal customers.

4. Profit Protection: Avoid low pricing, jeopardizing your ability to cover expenses and generate profit.

5. Sales Boost: Ensure your prices are reasonable to prevent potential customers from seeking alternatives due to high costs.

By investing time in pricing research, you can strike the right balance, enticing customers while securing the financial stability of your gaming center business.

See the following for more:

  • Setting the Price of Your Products and Services
  • Search Results for Pricing Strategies for a Gaming Center Business.

17. Physical Setup

Optimizing Gaming Center Layout

Efficiently planning and setting up your gaming center business is crucial for success.

Here’s an overview:

Layout and Setup:

Begin with a comprehensive layout plan that maximizes space utilization. Consider the arrangement of gaming stations, seating areas, and amenities.

Invest in well-designed signage that reflects professionalism. Your primary business sign should be prominent, and directional signs in parking lots, exits, and specific areas guide customers effectively.

Office Setup:

Managing a gaming center can be time-consuming, making an organized office essential. Ensure your office is fully equipped with the necessary tools for effective business management.

Customer Flow:

Design the layout to facilitate smooth customer flow. Create clear paths between gaming stations, restrooms, and refreshment areas.

Enhance the customer experience with comfortable seating, charging stations, and refreshment options. Consider the needs and preferences of your target audience.

Safety Measures:

Implement safety features such as fire exits, security cameras, and emergency protocols to ensure the well-being of customers and staff.

Accessibility:

Make your gaming center accessible to all, including individuals with disabilities. Ensure ramps, wider doors, and appropriate restroom facilities are available.

The ambiance of your gaming center plays a role in attracting and retaining customers. Consider lighting, decor, and background music to create a welcoming atmosphere.

Flexibility:

Design your layout with flexibility in mind. As your business evolves, you may need to adapt the space to accommodate new trends or gaming equipment.

A well-planned layout and setup contribute to a positive customer experience, operational efficiency, and the overall success of your gaming center business.

Considerations for the Setup of Your Office offers tips and ideas for making your office work. For more, see our article About Company Signs.

18. Creating a Website

Establishing Your Gaming Center’s Online Presence

A robust online presence, anchored by a dedicated website, is essential for your gaming center business. Here’s why:

Central Point of Contact:

Your website is the primary hub for all information about your gaming center.

It offers a centralized platform for potential customers to learn about your services, location, and operating hours.

Ownership and Control:

Unlike social media profiles, your website is entirely owned and controlled by you. Registering a domain name secures your online identity, providing stability and brand credibility.

Marketing Hub:

Leverage your website as a potent marketing tool. Regularly publish blog posts, sharing industry insights, gaming tips, and updates. This content engages visitors and positions your gaming center as an industry authority.

Trust and Expertise:

Consistent and valuable content on your website builds trust with your audience.

When customers perceive you as an expert and reliable source of information, they are more likely to choose your gaming center for their entertainment needs.

Accessibility and Convenience:

Customers can access essential information anytime, anywhere, enhancing their convenience and satisfaction. Ensure your website is mobile-friendly for a seamless user experience.

A well-designed website strengthens your gaming center’s online presence, fosters trust, and is a powerful marketing tool to attract and retain customers.

For more, see How to Build a Website for Your Business .

19. Create an External Support Team

Building Your External Support Team

Establishing a reliable external support team is crucial for your gaming center business.

This team comprises professionals who provide valuable advice and services, all without being on your payroll. Here’s why you need one:

Diverse Expertise:

Each team member brings a specific skill set and expertise.

You’ll have access to various professionals, whether it’s legal matters, financial advice, marketing strategies, or technical guidance.

On-Demand Support:

You can engage these experts as needed, whether through project contracts, hourly consultations, or retainers.

This flexibility allows you to access their services when you require them most.

Strategic Growth:

While you may not need all team members from day one, gradually building these relationships is vital.

As your gaming center evolves, you’ll have a strong support network to navigate challenges and opportunities.

Key Team Members: Consider including an accountant, lawyer, financial advisor, marketing specialist, technical expert, and industry consultant in your external support team.

Cultivating these professional relationships is an ongoing process that pays off as your gaming center business grows.

A reliable external support team ensures you can tap into their expertise whenever necessary, contributing to your business’s success.

For more, see Building a Team of Professional Advisors for Your Business.

20. Hiring Employees

Running a Gaming Center Business Alone

Running it solo can be cost-effective in the early stages of your gaming center business. Managing payroll expenses is crucial during this phase.

However, the workload may become overwhelming as your business expands, necessitating employee hiring.

Hiring Qualified Personnel

When hiring employees, prioritize qualifications and work ethics to maintain service quality. Ensure each new hire is the right fit for their role.

List of Job Positions for a Growing Gaming Center Business:

The following are job positions or outsourced services you may want to consider as your gaming center business grows:

  • Gaming Technicians: Maintain and repair gaming equipment and systems.
  • Customer Service Representatives: Assist customers, handle inquiries, and manage front desk operations.
  • Event Coordinator: Organize and oversee gaming tournaments, events, and parties.
  • Marketing Manager: Develop and execute marketing strategies to promote the gaming center.
  • Social Media Manager: Manage and grow the gaming center’s online presence and engagement.
  • Café/Concession Staff: Prepare and serve food and beverages if your center offers these amenities.
  • Cleaners/Maintenance Crew: Ensure the gaming center is clean and well-maintained, and equipment is in working order.
  • Accountant/Bookkeeper: Manage financial records, budgeting, and financial reporting.
  • Security Personnel: Ensure customer safety and protect against unauthorized access.
  • IT Support: Handle technical issues, network maintenance, and software updates.
  • Esports Coaches: If offering esports training, consider hiring experienced coaches.
  • Graphic Designer: Create promotional materials and design gaming center branding.
  • Content Creator: Produce video content, live streams, or written content for marketing.
  • Human Resources Manager: Oversee recruitment, training, and employee relations.
  • Legal/Compliance Consultant: Ensure the business meets legal and regulatory requirements.
  • Facility Manager: Oversee day-to-day operations, including equipment maintenance and facility security.
  • Community Manager: Foster a positive gaming community, both online and in-house.
  • Event Host/Commentator: If hosting esports tournaments, consider hiring event hosts or commentators.
  • E-commerce Specialist: Manage online merchandise sales and e-commerce platforms.
  • PR and Publicity Manager: Handle media relations and public relations efforts.
  • Health and Safety Officer: Ensure the gaming center complies with health and safety regulations.
  • Gaming Instructors: Offer gaming classes or workshops, if applicable.
  • Account Manager: Build and maintain relationships with corporate clients or sponsors.
  • Inventory Manager: Monitor and manage inventory levels of gaming equipment and merchandise.
  • Tech Support Hotline: Offer technical customer support via phone or online chat.

These positions or services may become necessary as your gaming center business expands, enhancing its operations and customer experience.

For more, see How and When to Hire a New Employee.

21. Getting Customers Through the Door

When you have reached this step, your business is set up and ready to go, with one more final step, which is important: getting customers through the door.

There are numerous ways to do this, like advertising, having a grand opening , word of mouth, etc.

Let’s dig a little deeper into the following sections.

a.) Marketing Considerations

Attracting Customers to Your Gaming Center

A gaming center’s success hinges on its ability to draw in customers, especially during its initial stages of limited awareness.

Establishing a solid reputation and gaining marketing expertise over time is essential.

Continuous Marketing Efforts: Marketing remains an ongoing process that directly correlates with revenue generation.

While professional marketing services are an option, several simple methods can help spread the word about your gaming center:

  • Social Media Presence: Utilize platforms like Facebook, Instagram, and X to engage with your audience, share updates, and host contests or giveaways.
  • Local Partnerships: Collaborate with nearby businesses, schools, and event venues for cross-promotions and joint gaming events.
  • Online Gaming Communities: Participate in gaming forums, subreddits, and online communities to connect with potential customers and share information about your center.
  • Influencer Collaborations: Partner with local gaming influencers or content creators to promote your center through their channels.
  • Community Events: Attend or host gaming-related events, conventions, and expos to showcase your center and connect with the gaming community.
  • Referral Programs: Create a referral program that rewards customers for bringing in new patrons, encouraging word-of-mouth marketing.
  • Email Marketing: Build an email list of interested customers and regularly send updates, promotions, and event announcements.
  • Online Listings: Ensure your gaming center is listed on local directories, Google My Business, and gaming-specific websites to improve online visibility.
  • Engage with Local Media: Reach out to local newspapers, magazines, and TV stations for coverage or interviews about your gaming center’s unique services.
  • Promotional Events: Host special promotions, launch parties, or themed nights to attract new customers and create buzz.

Consistent marketing efforts and a customer-centric approach will help your gaming center thrive and expand its customer base over time.

See How To Get Customers Through the Door and our marketing section for ideas on promoting your business.

b.) The Market Can Guide You:

Customer-Centric Approach

Listen to Market Demand:

Drawing from my extensive business experience, I emphasize the importance of aligning your gaming center with market demand. While you may have a specific vision, staying attuned to your customers’ desires is crucial.

Adapt to Thrive:

Consider adapting your business accordingly if the market consistently signals a different need. Ignoring these signs could mean missing out on a thriving opportunity.

Your Choice, Informed Decision:

Ultimately, it’s your business and your decision, but when persistent market cues emerge, taking a moment to reassess can lead to informed choices that benefit your gaming center’s success.

c.) Sample Ad Ideas:

  • Sample Ad: “Level Up Your Fun at [Gaming Center Name]!” Experience Immersive Gaming! Visit [Gaming Center Name] for a gaming paradise. Cutting-edge consoles, high-performance PCs, and epic tournaments await. Level up your gaming experience today!
  • Sample Ad: “Unleash Your Inner Gamer at [Gaming Center Name]!” Game, Socialize, Repeat! Join the gaming community at [Gaming Center Name]. Explore a world of gaming, make new friends, and challenge your skills. Start your adventure now!
  • Sample Ad: “Game On at [Gaming Center Name] – Your Ultimate Destination!” Epic Battles Await! Dive into the heart of gaming at [Gaming Center Name]. From esports tournaments to VR adventures, we’ve got it all. Game on with us today!
  • Sample Ad: “Ready, Set, Game! Discover [Gaming Center Name] Now!” Gamer’s Paradise Awaits! Get your game face on and head to [Gaming Center Name]. Top-tier equipment, cozy gaming lounges, and unbeatable fun. Don’t miss out!
  • Sample Ad: “Fuel Your Gaming Passion at [Gaming Center Name]!” Play, Connect, Triumph! Elevate your gaming journey at [Gaming Center Name]. Join our thriving gaming community, access the latest titles, and level up your skills. Start gaming the right way!

d.) B2B Ideas

Collaborating with other businesses to establish mutually beneficial partnerships can significantly boost your gaming center’s visibility and customer base.

Here are some businesses you could approach for referral partnerships:

  • Local Game Stores: Partnering with local game stores allows you to cross-promote each other’s services, potentially offering discounts to customers who visit both establishments.
  • Computer Repair Shops: Computer repair shops often encounter gamers seeking hardware upgrades or technical assistance. Referral agreements can lead gamers from repair shops to your gaming center and vice versa.
  • Esports Teams and Leagues: Collaborate with local esports teams and leagues to host tournaments and events at your center, attracting competitive gamers and their fan base.
  • Schools and Universities: Partner with educational institutions to host gaming-related workshops, events, or after-school programs, engaging students and their families.
  • Local Cafés and Restaurants: Establish partnerships with nearby cafes or restaurants to offer combined gaming and dining experiences, providing discounts or promotions to shared customers.
  • Gaming Content Creators: Collaborate with local gaming streamers, YouTubers, or influencers by providing them a space to create content in exchange for promoting your gaming center.
  • Event Venues: Connect with event venues to host conventions, gaming expos, or larger gaming tournaments, attracting diverse audiences.
  • Gaming Equipment Retailers: Partner with gaming equipment retailers to offer bundled packages or exclusive deals for customers purchasing gaming peripherals.
  • Tourist Attractions: If your gaming center is in a tourist-heavy location, partner with nearby attractions to create combo deals that appeal to tourists seeking entertainment options.
  • Youth Clubs and Organizations: Collaborate with youth clubs, scout troops, or community organizations to offer gaming-themed activities or educational sessions.
  • Local Businesses with Gaming Interests: Approach businesses with employees who share gaming interests, such as tech startups or IT companies, for potential partnership opportunities.

When approaching these businesses, it’s essential to outline the benefits of the partnership for both parties, whether it’s through referral fees, cross-promotion, co-hosted events, or other means.

Building strong relationships and consistently delivering value to your partners will foster long-term, successful collaborations that benefit your gaming center and its customers.

Points To Consider

Next, let’s review essential points for more tips, insights, and considerations before starting your gaming center business.

We will cover sections, including skills to consider, points to focus on, and equipment. Then you’ll reach the “Knowledge Is Power,” section, where you will want to use the resources for valuable information.

Key Points to Succeed in a Gaming Center Business

Key Points to Succeed in the Setup Phase:

  • Market Research: Thoroughly research your target market, including demographics, gaming preferences, and competition, to identify opportunities and challenges.
  • Location: Choose a strategically accessible location with ample space for gaming stations, amenities, and future expansion.
  • Business Plan: Develop a comprehensive business plan outlining your vision, financial projections, and marketing strategies.
  • Legal and Regulatory Compliance: Ensure you comply with all local, state, and federal regulations, including permits, licenses, and zoning requirements.
  • Equipment and Technology: Invest in high-quality gaming equipment, PCs, consoles, and peripherals to provide an immersive gaming experience.
  • Interior Design: Create an appealing and functional gaming environment with comfortable seating, themed decor, and gaming zones.
  • Marketing Strategy: Develop a marketing plan that includes online and offline promotion, social media engagement, and partnerships with gaming communities.
  • Staffing: Hire skilled and customer-focused staff, including technicians, customer service representatives, and event coordinators.
  • Financial Management: Secure sufficient funding, manage expenses diligently, and establish financial systems for tracking revenue and expenditures.
  • Amenities: Offer amenities like a snack bar, lounge areas, and clean restroom facilities to enhance the customer experience.

Key Points to Succeed in the Operation Phase:

  • Customer Engagement: Continuously engage with customers through loyalty programs, feedback collection, and community-building efforts.
  • Regular Maintenance: Implement a routine maintenance schedule to keep gaming equipment, PCs, and consoles in optimal condition.
  • Staff Training: Provide ongoing training to staff members to ensure exceptional customer service and technical support.
  • Event Hosting: Organize regular gaming events, tournaments, and themed nights to attract and retain customers.
  • Marketing and Promotion: Maintain an active online presence, run marketing campaigns, and explore partnerships to keep your business in the spotlight.
  • Adaptation: Stay adaptable to emerging gaming trends, technology advancements, and changes in customer preferences.
  • Security Measures: Implement security protocols to safeguard customer data, equipment, and premises.
  • Financial Monitoring: Continuously monitor financial performance, adjust pricing strategies as needed, and manage cash flow effectively.
  • Customer Feedback: Act on customer feedback to improve and promptly address any concerns.
  • Expansion and Diversification: Consider expanding your services by adding new gaming experiences, hosting more significant events, or offering additional amenities.

Succeeding in both the setup and operation phases of a gaming center business requires careful planning, ongoing innovation, and a solid commitment to providing an exceptional gaming experience to customers.

Making Your Gaming Center Business Stand Out

  • Theme and Ambiance: Create a unique and immersive environment by adopting a distinct theme that resonates with gamers. Themed decor, lighting, and music can enhance the gaming experience.
  • VIP Memberships: Offer premium memberships with perks like priority access, exclusive events, and discounts to cultivate a loyal customer base.
  • Gaming Tournaments: Organize regular gaming tournaments with prizes to attract competitive gamers and build a community.
  • Live Streaming Setup: Provide equipment and space for gamers to live-stream their gameplay, encouraging content creation and building an online presence.
  • Virtual Reality (VR) Experiences: Integrate VR gaming stations and experiences for an immersive and futuristic gaming experience.
  • Custom Gaming PCs/Consoles: Customers can customize their gaming rigs with high-end components and accessories.
  • Café or Snack Bar: Offer a variety of snacks, beverages, and gaming-themed menu items for convenience and added revenue.
  • Gaming Merchandise: Sell gaming-related merchandise such as apparel, accessories, and collectibles to capitalize on the gaming culture.
  • Gaming Lounges: Create comfortable lounge areas for gamers to relax, socialize, and watch esports events.
  • Themed Events: Host themed gaming nights, cosplay events, or release parties to engage the gaming community.
  • Gaming Workshops: Offer workshops and classes on game design, streaming, or esports coaching.
  • Cosplay Facilities: Provide dressing rooms and props for gamers interested in cosplay.
  • Retro Gaming Zone: Include a section on retro games and consoles for nostalgic gamers.
  • Tech Repair Services: Offer on-site tech support and repair services for gaming equipment.
  • Gaming Pods or Booths: Create private gaming pods or booths for groups of friends or solo gamers seeking an exclusive experience.
  • Birthday and Event Packages: Package deals for birthday parties, corporate events, and special occasions with gaming, catering, and event planning services.
  • Gamified Loyalty Programs: Implement a loyalty program that rewards frequent customers with discounts, free playtime, or exclusive access.
  • Collaborations and Sponsorships: Partner with gaming influencers, esports teams, or game developers for cross-promotions and events.
  • Community Engagement: Build an active online community through social media, forums, and Discord servers to connect with customers and gather feedback.
  • Environmental Sustainability: Promote eco-friendly practices, such as energy-efficient equipment and waste reduction, to appeal to environmentally conscious gamers.

Ideas for Add-Ons for a Gaming Center Business:

  • Gaming Merch Store: Expand your revenue streams by selling gaming-related merchandise like apparel, figurines, posters, and gaming peripherals.
  • Gaming Lounge Membership: Offer a monthly or yearly membership with benefits like exclusive access, discounts, and priority bookings.
  • Esports Arena: Develop a dedicated esports arena for professional esports tournaments and events within your gaming center.
  • Virtual Reality (VR) Rental: Offer VR headset and equipment rental for customers who want to experience VR gaming at home.
  • Mobile Gaming Lounge: Create a mobile gaming lounge by converting a bus or trailer, allowing you to take your gaming center to events and conventions.
  • Gaming-themed Café: Expand your food and beverage by opening a gaming-themed café with a menu inspired by popular games.
  • Gaming Equipment Sales: Sell gaming hardware, accessories, and components to cater to gamers looking to upgrade their setups.
  • Gaming Server Hosting: Offer server hosting services for multiplayer online games, attracting gamers and clans needing reliable hosting.
  • Cosplay Studio: Set up a dedicated space with costumes, props, and a studio for customers to create and capture their cosplay personas.
  • Gaming Academy: Launch a gaming academy that provides coaching, training, and skill development for aspiring esports players.
  • Gaming-themed Escape Rooms: Create escape rooms inspired by popular video game themes to offer a unique and challenging experience.
  • Gaming Art Gallery: Showcase and sell gaming-inspired artwork and creations from local artists.
  • Gaming Party Planning: Offer party planning services for gamers looking to host gaming-themed events, complete with catering and decorations.
  • Gaming Content Creation Studio: Provide a studio space with high-quality recording and streaming equipment for content creators.
  • Virtual Reality Escape Games: Develop VR escape room experiences that blend virtual reality and puzzle-solving challenges.
  • Gaming Equipment Repair: Expand your tech services to repair and maintain gaming consoles, PCs, and peripherals.
  • Board Game Library: Offer a diverse collection of board games for customers to enjoy alongside video gaming.
  • Gaming Camps and Workshops: Organize gaming-focused camps and workshops for kids and teens interested in game development, design, and esports.
  • Gaming-themed Events Planning: Extend your event planning services to cater to gaming-related events, conventions, and expos.
  • Game-themed Mobile App: Develop a mobile app for your gaming center that offers features like booking, rewards, and event notifications to enhance customer engagement.

By incorporating these innovative ideas and add-ons, your gaming center can differentiate itself from the competition and appeal to a broader audience of gamers and enthusiasts.

Hours of Operation:

Operating hours for a gaming center should align with customer preferences, often extending into evenings and weekends.

Tasks such as equipment maintenance, software updates, and deep cleaning are best suited for off-peak hours to minimize disruption during regular business operations.

Customizable schedules can accommodate events, tournaments, and special promotions outside standard hours.

Equipment and Supplies

A List of Equipment and Supplies to Consider for a Gaming Center Business:

  • Gaming Consoles: Various gaming consoles from popular brands like Xbox, PlayStation, and Nintendo.
  • Gaming PCs: High-performance gaming computers with powerful processors and graphics cards.
  • Monitors: Large, high-resolution gaming monitors for an immersive experience.
  • Gaming Chairs: Ergonomic, comfortable chairs with built-in features like adjustable armrests and lumbar support.
  • Gaming Headsets: Quality headsets with microphones for online multiplayer gaming.
  • Controllers: Additional controllers for various gaming platforms.
  • Virtual Reality (VR) Systems: VR headsets and accessories for virtual reality gaming.
  • Networking Equipment: High-speed routers, switches, and Ethernet cables to ensure a stable online gaming connection.
  • Gaming Peripherals: Keyboards, mice, and mouse pads designed for gaming.
  • Gaming Accessories: Charging stations, controller grips, and other gaming accessories.
  • Couches and Seating: Comfortable seating options for gamers who prefer a lounge-style setup.
  • Gaming Desks: Workstations for gamers who prefer a traditional desk setup.
  • Storage Solutions: Cabinets or shelves to store gaming equipment securely.
  • Gaming Cabinets: Secure storage for video game discs and accessories.
  • Audio Systems: High-quality speakers or soundbars for an immersive audio experience.
  • Projectors: Optional for large-screen gaming or hosting gaming events.
  • Security Systems: Surveillance cameras and alarms to protect your equipment and premises.
  • Cash Registers/POS Systems: For handling customer payments and transactions.
  • Gaming Software: A library of popular and trending video games.
  • Cleaning Supplies: Maintenance tools to keep equipment and the gaming center clean.
  • Maintenance Tools: Basic tools for equipment maintenance and repairs.
  • Furniture and Decor: Interior decor and furniture to create an appealing gaming environment.
  • Signage and Branding: Signage for advertising and branding your gaming center.
  • Gaming Tournaments Setup: Additional equipment for hosting gaming tournaments, such as projectors, podiums, and seating arrangements.
  • Comfort Amenities: Snack and beverage vending machines, comfortable lounging areas, and customer restrooms.

Remember that the specific equipment you need may vary depending on the size and concept of your gaming center, so it’s essential to customize this list to your business’s requirements.

Assessing your skill set when considering a gaming center business is crucial. Ensuring you possess the necessary skills is vital for success.

If any crucial skills are lacking, you have two options: acquire them through learning or hire individuals with those skills.

Essential skills for a gaming center business owner include:

  • Management: Effective leadership and organization.
  • Customer Service: Building positive customer experiences.
  • Gaming Knowledge: Understanding the industry and trends.
  • Financial Literacy: Budgeting and financial management.
  • Marketing: Promoting the business and attracting customers.
  • Technical Proficiency: Handling gaming equipment and software.
  • Problem-Solving: Addressing issues swiftly and effectively.
  • Team Building: Assembling and managing a cohesive team.
  • Adaptability: Navigating a dynamic industry.
  • Entrepreneurial Mindset: A drive for innovation and growth.

Considering the Future of Your Gaming Center Business:

Contemplating the future of your gaming center business is a crucial aspect of strategic planning. Although the landscape may evolve significantly, having a clear vision of its potential can be highly advantageous.

A well-defined vision is a guiding light, enabling more informed decision-making to steer your business in the desired direction. It acts as a roadmap, helping you navigate challenges and capitalize on opportunities as they arise.

Moreover, it fosters alignment among your team members, ensuring that everyone works toward a common goal.

In a dynamic industry like gaming, staying adaptable while adhering to a long-term vision can enhance your business’s resilience and sustainability.

It allows you to proactively shape your business to meet future demands and customer expectations. Therefore, crafting and revisiting your business’s vision is a strategic step toward securing its future success.

Find a Gaming Center Business For Sale

Considering an existing gaming center business for sale has both advantages and drawbacks, it is a viable option to explore before initiating your gaming center venture.

Advantages:

  • Immediate Revenue: You start earning income from day one of ownership.
  • Skipping Startup Phase: Avoid the challenges of launching a new business.
  • Proven Success: Confidence that the business model works.
  • Financial Clarity: Access to historical revenue, profit, and expenses.
  • Established Customer Base: An existing loyal clientele is in place.
  • Reputation: Benefit from the business’s established reputation.

Disadvantages:

  • Higher Initial Cost: Acquiring an established business typically involves purchasing goodwill, which can increase the cost.
  • Change Risks: Implementing changes may lead to customer attrition, posing challenges.
  • Inherited Reputation: You acquire the positive and negative aspects of the business’s reputation.

Even if an exact gaming center business for sale isn’t available, exploring related opportunities within the industry can be valuable. Use the provided link to explore potential options.

The latest search results for a gaming center business for sale and others in the same category.

Franchise Opportunities Related to a Gaming Center Business

Owning a gaming center franchise has its merits and drawbacks, warranting thorough consideration before starting your venture.

  • Proven Business Model: Franchises offer a predefined business plan established by the corporate office.
  • Established Reputation: Benefit from the franchise’s existing reputation and marketing efforts.
  • Comprehensive Knowledge: Access in-depth knowledge about the business beforehand.
  • Corporate Support: Receive support and guidance from the corporate office.
  • Financial Commitment: Franchise ownership can come with a substantial financial investment.
  • Limited Autonomy: Significant changes often require corporate approval.
  • Product/Service Restrictions: You must adhere to approved products and services.
  • Operational Constraints: Operate within the parameters outlined in the agreement.
  • Ongoing Fees: Franchisees typically pay ongoing franchise fees.

While a perfect gaming center franchise may not exist, exploring related franchises can uncover unexpected opportunities within the industry. You can use the provided link to search for franchises in a similar sector.

See the latest search results for franchise opportunities related to this industry.

Knowledge Is Power if You Use It!

Utilize knowledge effectively. Abundant industry information is available in the following sections for your business’s startup and operational phases.

Trends and Statistics

Analyzing industry trends and statistics is vital for a gaming center business, aiding in informed decision-making, adaptation to market changes, and staying competitive.

See the latest search results for trends and statistics related to the gaming center industry.

Gaming Center Associations

Trade associations provide industry news updates and networking opportunities, serving as valuable resources for staying informed and connected within the field.

See the search results on gaming center associations and the benefits of Joining the Chamber of Commerce.

The Top Gaming Centers

Analyzing established gaming centers can inspire innovative ideas, reveal industry gaps for a competitive edge, and identify overlooked services from other businesses.

See the latest search results for the top gaming centers.

The Future of the Gaming Center

Researching the industry’s future is crucial for prospective gaming center owners, offering insights into potential opportunities and challenges.

See the search results for the future of gaming centers.

Customer Expectations

Examining search results for customer expectations offers insights from their perspective. Meeting and surpassing these expectations while addressing unforeseen issues is essential for comprehensive coverage.

See the search results related to customer expectations for a gaming center experience.

Gaming Center Business Insights

Reviewing tips and insights can spark innovative ideas, help avoid pitfalls in managing your gaming center, and enhance your industry knowledge.

See the latest search results about insights into running a gaming center business.

Gaming Center Publications

Publications provide valuable tips and insights on gaming centers, serving as an information source for industry knowledge.

See the search results for gaming center publications.

Gaming Center Forums

Engaging in gaming center forums fosters connections with industry peers and provides insight into customer perspectives, enhancing your understanding of your clientele.

See the latest search results related to gaming center forums.

Enroll in online or local educational courses to enhance your skills and knowledge, benefiting your gaming center business. Education is a valuable asset for improvement.

See the latest courses that could benefit a gaming center business owner . Also, see our management articles for tips and insights for managing your business.

Gaming Center Blogs

Following leading video gaming blogs provides insights and informs you about the industry. Subscribe to those that offer value and regular updates for a curated source of information.

Look at the latest search results for top video gaming blogs to follow.

Entertainment-Based Business Tips

Examining advice and strategies for success in the entertainment sector can aid in effectively managing and enhancing your gaming center, fostering long-term viability and prosperity.

Look at the latest search results for entertainment tips and insights to follow.

Gaming Center News

News outlets provide updates on gaming center-related stories, ensuring you’re informed about media coverage in the industry. Stay current with this valuable source of information.

See the latest results for video gaming news.

YouTube serves as a valuable resource for delving into the gaming center world. Additionally, watch for related videos suggested by YouTube to uncover previously unexplored insights.

YouTube videos related to gaming centers.

Privacy Overview

  • Business Plans Handbook
  • Business Plans - Volume 10
  • Network Game Centers Business Plan

Network Game Centers

BUSINESS PLAN

POWERPLAY GAMING, LLC

11007 Woodworth Avenue, Suite 101 Portland, Oregon 97209

This business proposal seeks to set up Network Game Centers, called PowerPlay Gaming, throughout the United States. By setting up networks of computers or consoles that are able to truly capture and show off the programming expertise and high quality of presentation produced by game software, gamers will be able to enjoy playing a new and exciting game without having to purchase the equipment and software associated with a high quality gaming experience.

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

Company summary, business description, market analysis summary, strategy & implementation summary, management summary, financial plan.

The worldwide video gaming industry generates in excess of $50 billion per year according to the "Executive Interview Series: The State of the Game Market 2001" report published by DFC Intelligence. Most of this revenue is through the sale of hardware and software associated with video games.

A new avenue of additional income connected with the video games industry that has remained largely unexplored throughout the world is that of Network Game Centers (NGC). Our NGC will be named PowerPlay Gaming.

In essence, an NGC's business model exploits the fact that gamers can enjoy playing a new and exciting game without having to purchase the equipment and software associated with a high quality gaming experience. A computer or console that is able to truly capture and show off the programming expertise and high quality of presentation produced by game software developers these days requires a high-end machine with special graphics and sound components as well as other costly hardware prerequisites. These machines are therefore prohibitively expensive and the video gaming fan is relegated to a sub-optimal gaming experience on his affordable but medium to low-end computer at home.

Another factor that is key to the success of the NGC model is the fact that all games, whether computers or otherwise, are vastly more enjoyable when played in groups. Group dynamics is a field of psychology that has been studied endlessly and will not be mentioned in detail here, but it is suffice to say the following: The "challenge" factor that is evident in group games and sports is by far one of the most powerful of driving forces. The camaraderie and sense of satisfaction and achievement that is derived from playing a team sport or group game is not comparable to any other feeling and is now a well established form of entertainment in the world. The NGC business model exploits exactly this group dynamic, resulting in a proven, profit-generating business with a low investment/low operating cost.

The huge market potential and virtually instant return on investment for these entertainment venues is evident from its phenomenal growth rate in both the United States and abroad.

This business proposal therefore seeks to set up NGCs, called PowerPlay Gaming, throughout the United States with an aim to be the best in each selected city and therefore maximizing the profits earned from it.

The main objectives of the development of these new venues are:

  • Capitalize on excellent opportunity to extract maximum revenue in a competitor-less market.
  • To launch the NGC with a highly targeted publicity campaign in the summer of 2003.
  • To maintain tight control of costs, operations, and cash flow through diligent management and automated computer control.
  • To maintain a high standard of product and service provided in the NGC.
  • To exceed $150,000 in annual sales by the third year of plan implementation.

The keys to success in achieving our goals are:

  • Be the first in the market to provide a new entertainment service that has broad appeal.
  • Provide an exceptional service and product that leaves an impression.
  • Consistent entertainment atmosphere and product quality.
  • Managing our internal finances and cash flow to enable upward capital growth.
  • Strict control of all costs at all times, without exception.

The key elements of PowerPlay Gaming's concept are as follows:

  • "War Games" based themes—The company will focus on themes that have mass appeal. A variety of games will be available though.
  • Distinctive design features—The NGC will be characterized by elaborate interior decoration that simulates a "Control Center" as can be seen in any Hollywood movie based on military or Space Travel themes.
  • Location, location, location—One of the major strengths that the NGC will have is its careful choice of location in a high visibility area with plenty of parking as well as complementary businesses close by, such as restaurants.
  • Variety—The NGC will provide a variety of games in its software portfolio to cater to the diverse tastes of people.
  • Quality Hardware—The NGC will provide high-end hardware on which the network and its components will run, to ensure a first-class entertainment experience.
  • Exceptional service—In order to reach and maintain a unique image of quality, the NGC will provide attentive and friendly service through the careful selection of service personnel, and will also invest in the training and supervision of its employees. We estimate two to three staff for an NGC unit to be sufficient and will ensure that their needs are well looked after.

Company Ownership

PowerPlay Gaming will be a privately held LLC, the details of which have not been solidified as of the date of this publication.

Start-up Summary

The company will seek a loan from either a local bank or a venture capitalist for start-up purposes for PowerPlay Gaming.

Funds needed to accomplish goal referenced above will be $50,000. The applicants will require the entire $50,000 to finish project build-out.

We will utilize the anticipated loans in the amount of $50,000 to build out the approximate 500-square-foot space and purchase and set up equipment necessary for start-up of the company. It also will pay for miscellaneous expenses associated with key personnel for the first couple of months. The following tables and charts illustrate the capital requirements.

Network Game Centers

Cabling $500
Interior Decoration $2,500
Advertising $1,000
Legal $1,000
Rent for 6 Months in Advance $12,000
Cash Balance on Starting Date $500
Salaries Deposit $5,000

Network Game Centers

Computer Equipment $22,000
Network Switches $2,500
F&F $3,000
Bank or Venture Capitalist $50,000
Accounts Payable $0
Current Borrowing $0
Other Short-term Liabilities $0
Loss at Start-up ($17,000)

With the emergence of new network technology and high-speed infrastructure around the world, more and more game developers are realizing the huge demand for multiplayer network-based games and have been channeling funds into developing games that can meet this unprecedented demand. These developments have brought a unique opportunity to capitalize on the nature of these games through the model of an NGC. The fact that Internet speed is largely dependent on expensive infrastructure means that a local area network will still be the fastest network available for game playing. This translates into faster and smoother game-play with no jerkiness or delays.

PowerPlay Gaming will provide an exciting environment in which people can play games competitively against each other. The challenge of going up against one's friends in the same place is a far more enjoyable experience than playing against a computer's artificial intelligence or against an anonymous player on the Internet. In the NGC environment, a customer is able to see his opponents as well as converse with them during the game, making for a much more "interactive" environment as opposed to the confines of their PC at home. The gamer also will be able to enjoy the camaraderie that goes with any group activity that usually is not available at home.

The concept and management of PowerPlay Gaming has been well received in the Portland, Oregon, area where hundreds of customers regularly come to engage in a battle of wits against their friends and other NGC customers.

The NGC phenomenon is due to the fact that the challenge factor proves to be very addictive as in any sport or game, and the fact that there are no physical limitations on the players opens up the market for players of all ages, sizes, physical and mental ability to play against one another. A ten-year-old child can easily be the best player in a match against other players much older and wiser. The same goes for players less fit and less physically active than other "sporty" competitors. PowerPlay Gaming provides a level playing field for all.

The fact that this is a new and exciting form of entertainment is especially attractive in cities that are limited in the variety of entertainment that is available for the young generation.

The demographics and entertainment market in Portland, Oregon, appear to be ripe for which PowerPlay Gaming to flourish. No doubt that with the right set-up and marketing, it will prove to be so.

Market Segmentation

We see PowerPlay Gaming as appealing to three major market segments. Fortunately, the long hours of operation help the company lend itself to multiple segment appeal. Our market segmentation scheme allows some room for estimates and nonspecific definitions.

  • Childless Young Professionals —Due to the nature of the games, PowerPlay Gaming will appeal to primarily single young males that will enjoy a group activity after working hours to blow away the stresses of the day. Video games are certainly not the domain of children anymore as evident in the demographics of people who have purchased the Sony Playstation consoles (I and II) as well as more recently, Microsoft's X-Box. Up to 75% of NGC customers are single adult males between the ages of 18 and 35. This segment also spends the most amount of time (and money) in the NGCs (10 - 20 hours a week).
  • College Students —Although less affluent than young professionals, college and high school students also make up a significant portion of an NGC's customer base. These are people that are just starting to enjoy social activities that were not available to them as youngsters. Their spending power may be less than our first group but makes up a significant portion of revenues since they are able to visit the NGC at earlier times than members of our first group due to their working hours. This segment makes up roughly 20% of the NGC's patronage.
  • Children —Although at first glance it would seem that children would have the most significant part to play in the success of PowerPlay Gaming, the reality is that children's time in an NGC is limited largely due to the restrictions placed on them by parents as well as a lack of money available to spend on a daily basis. Parents would rather buy their child a console to play within the safety of their homes where they can "keep an eye" on them. Having said that, this segment does prove to be useful in revenue terms to fill PowerPlay Gaming for a short time after school hours when the parents allow their children some flexibility to meet with their friends for some harmless fun. A variety of games are available to meet the needs of these younger customers that make up roughly 5% of an NGC's customer base.

Target Market Segment Strategy

Our strategy is based on serving our niche markets exceptionally well. The pure gaming enthusiast, the group activity buffs, as well as children, can all enjoy the NGC experience.

The marketing strategy is essential to the main strategy:

  • Emphasize exceptional service.
  • Create awareness of PowerPlay Gaming's high quality hardware.
  • Focus on our target markets.

We must charge appropriately for the high-end, high-quality service we offer as well as take advantage of the fact that we will be the best in the market. Our revenue structure will be higher (but not prohibitively so) than Internet Cafés (the closest comparison to this kind of business) due to the fact that our computers and network will be of a much higher quality and specification than that required in Internet Cafés.

Part of the superior experience we will offer will be the ease of use of the computers since the software we will use to manage the center will store all the customer's customized setups of the keyboard and multimedia features. Customers will not have to go through the hassle of setting up their computers to their exact requirements every time they come back to us. Logging into the system with their user name and password will set their computer back exactly to their previously stored settings. The software also will ensure that they can pick up their previously saved games exactly where they left off since most games require several hours to complete.

Special pricing structures also will exist to accommodate groups of players and "off peak" days of the week and hours of the day. This will ensure that the maximum revenue can be obtained from each working day of PowerPlay Gaming and will be an added incentive for customers to utilize the center to its fullest.

Tournaments will be held on a regular basis with sponsored prizes to appeal to the competitive streaks of groups and individuals as well as a "Top Ten Players" list that will be analyzed using specialized software. A prizes and incentives scheme will be associated with this list. These elements will further ensure that customers come back to our establishment repeatedly.

Service Business Analysis

Video games have significantly impacted young peoples' lifestyles and the economy in every developed country in the 1990s. Entrancing players with fantasy, visual effects, and addictive game play, video games are still one of the highest cash flow businesses in the world. The average gamer will spend three to four hours every day in this type of activity and will spend an average of $9 to $15 every time. As we move further into the new millennium, this trend shows no signs of declining.

The typical NGC of our style is open from 12:00 P.M. to 12:00 A.M. , and within this time frame, the NGC can achieve gross revenues anywhere from $500 to $1,000 daily. The primary sources of revenue in an NGC of this type are high volume traffic and regular, long-staying customers who play for 4 to 5 hours every day. In addition to gaming revenues, we also have an option to generate substantial revenues from food and beverage sales should the right environment be attained and a customer need perceived.

Additionally, the NGC industry is shifting towards a more entertainment-oriented concept. Customers of these venues are not only offered a unique gaming experience, but also a place to participate in additional exciting events through interactive contests, theme nights, and other events. We intend to heavily utilize entertainment-oriented marketing in an effort to withstand the perpetual shift in trends and cater to as large a client base as possible.

NGCs are extremely self-sufficient with little support required from outside suppliers. Aside from the occasional maintenance of computer equipment and replacement of breakables (such as keyboards, mice, and headphones), the only regular supply that is required for the normal and profitable operation of the NGC is electricity.

In Portland, Oregon, all major brands of computer equipment and peripherals are readily available at ever cheapening prices due to heavy competition. In addition, preferential pricing can be obtained for breakables from local suppliers due to the fact that our business has a higher than normal rate of peripheral damage and therefore replacement requirement.

Business Participants

The NGC will be part of the audiovisual entertainment industry, which includes several kinds of businesses:

  • Cinema and Rented Movies —This genre usually appeals to the same demographic clientele as an NGC. This same client base dictates that the average price structure be comparable in order to create "regulars."
  • Home-based Console and Computer Games —Although on paper a significant competitor, an NGC provides a form of entertainment not available to the home gamer. This stems from the fact that home gaming is a solitary or at best small group activity whereas in an NGC, gaming can be enjoyed with groups of up to 20 in our proposed venture.
  • Internet Cafés —Primarily used for more passive activities such as E-Mail, information gathering and "chatting," an NGC's main customer base will come from those people that are already quite used to paying for their computer time and are familiar to the concept of Computer Cafés.

Main Competitors

Manhunt—Cedar Hills 30+ PCs Space Raiders—Walnut Grove 30+ PCs Rivenated—Metzger 30+ PCs

PowerPlay Gaming's competition lies mainly with other forms of audiovisual entertainment as well as group activities such as sports. We need to effectively market our concept and ensure word-of-mouth advertising by providing a first-class entertainment experience, while maintaining the idea that playing computer games in groups can be a lot of fun. Our polling has indicated that consumers think of quality, reliability, atmosphere, and price respectively. Additionally, price was frequently mentioned by pointing out that if the former concerns are present then they are willing to pay more for the experience.

The main indirect competitors of the NGC will be:

Cinema & Video Rentals

Not as regular an activity as going to an NGC since new movies are shown at a minimum of every week and therefore a customer may spend on average two to four hours every two weeks or so going to the cinema.

Home Video Games

A solitary activity and one which is easily surpassed in terms of appeal by hardware at an NGC that is far superior to that affordable by the normal gamer. Further, the group element of an NGC proves to be far more appealing than playing by oneself.

Internet Cafés

A very indirect competitor since the services offered are very different to those at a dedicated gaming establishment.

In order to place emphasis on exceptional, reliable entertainment quality, our main tactics are bi-monthly servicing of computers, including the replacement of faulty peripherals as needed. We also will upgrade computers as required according to the recommended specifications of game publishing companies.

Our second strategy is emphasizing customer satisfaction. We will ensure that the customer is never allowed to be bored with the activities available at PowerPlay Gaming. Not only will he always have the latest and most popular games available to play, but he will be able to take part in competitions. A close eye will be kept on gaming magazines and Internet sites to ensure that we are always first to market with new and exciting games that are released in the United States and Europe.

Our promise fulfillment strategy may be our most important. The necessary tactics are friendliness of staff, long-lasting relationships, ongoing maintenance, and attention to detail, especially after popularity has been established and new competitors enter the market. Through empowerment of service employees to solve problems and reward regular customers without waiting for management consultation, we create a win-win situation for the customer and the NGC.

Continuous and never-ending improvement is the order of the day through our "on the job" training sessions and regular meetings. Since value is equal to service rendered minus the price charged, it is crucial to go beyond the mere supplying of computers and games—you have to create a long-lasting impression.

  • Emphasize reliability—We MUST prove to our customers that perfectly functioning computers and associated equipment should be expected as part of the gaming experience. We will differentiate ourselves from the mediocre NGCs when they surely arrive in the market.
  • Emphasize an entertaining experience—By assuring that all guests will enjoy themselves every time without a lapse in reliability, we will be securing market share through repeat business.
  • Focus on a variety of rewarding activities—Our marketing, promotions, group activities, and competitions will ensure that people do not get bored with our service.
  • Differentiate and fulfill the above promises.

We cannot just market and sell a new entertainment concept; we must actually deliver on our promise of quality, service, and a unique gaming experience. We need to make sure we have the fun and service-intensive staff that we claim to have.

Marketing Strategy

Through friendly and courteous service, we will build relationships with our regular customers to ensure that when competition does arrive, our regulars will be reluctant to go to them due to their personal ties with us.

Advertising budgets, tournaments, and promotions are ongoing processes of management geared to promote the brand name and keep at the forefront of the NGC industry in Portland, Oregon.

We will depend on newspaper advertising as well as leaflet distribution at places of gathering of our customer base to promote our establishment. Our strategies and practices will remain constant, as will the way we promote ourselves:

  • Advertising—We will be developing a core-positioning message.
  • Grand Opening—We will concentrate a substantial portion of our early advertising budget towards the "Grand Opening Event."
  • Direct Marketing—We will directly market in areas of high traffic for our main market segment such as cinemas and restaurants.

PowerPlay Gaming will create an identity-oriented marketing strategy with executions particularly in print media, in-store promotions at supermarkets and video stores.

A grand opening event will be held to launch PowerPlay Gaming in the summer of 2003. A newspaper advertising blitz will precede the event for two weeks, with ambiguous teasers about an "event like no other" in the city's history and the forthcoming opening date. Contests will be held through the newspaper and handouts, giving away V.I.P. passes (coupons) to the event while at the same time creating excitement about the opening. The opening date is tentative at this point and dependent upon network set-up completion. The budget for the event will be $500, and the milestone date will parallel the available opening date.

Achievement of the following campaigns will be measured by the polling of customers as to how they heard of PowerPlayGaming for the first ninety days of operation. Future advertising budget adjustments will be made as the results dictate.

We will be running regular newspaper ads and direct-mail campaigns to create brand awareness. Our newspaper ads will be concentrated strongly in Portland's major newspapers. Through attractive design, a teaser campaign, and the use of catchy phrases, we hope to obtain intellectual ownership of our target market segments.

We will advertise directly to our regular customers through e-mail and normal post as well as in areas where our customers regularly gather, such as the cinema through the use of fliers and leaflets. Promos such as "introduce a new customer and get an hour free" would be relatively inexpensive from an advertising standpoint and require limited ongoing maintenance and expense. Ads also will go into the college newspapers for the local campuses.

Jessica Miller will be responsible for all advertising and promotions activities with consultation from Mark Stafford. The monthly budget for advertising and promotions activities will be set once the levels of "word-of-mouth" advertising and business levels are assessed.

Shirts, baseball caps, and bumper stickers bearing the NGC's logo also will be eventually marketed, as well as given away as prizes, in order to further spread brand awareness. All the partners will approve artistic design but Jessica Miller will negotiate the supply.

Sales Forecast

Our forecast for income for the first year of operation is based on an NGC with 20 PCs and the lowest hourly sales price of $3.00.

Competitive Pricing

The price will be brought down from a relatively high price of $5 per hour to $4.50 to $4 per hour in order to maximize revenue during the process of lowering the prices to market norms. The lowest price will be maintained at $3 per hour with any additional cut in prices by competitors battled with an aggressive marketing strategy.

The time frame for the price reductions will be decided upon after analyzing the situation at the time and will be done so with every resistance tactic including the sales of packages for bulk purchase, group discounts, and other such promotions that will keep us competitive, but maintain a higher average price for hours sold.

The company will have two managers with a common passion for this business and a firm commitment to realizing the vision, and share a common goal: to provide a unique and entertaining experience through state-of-the-art technology and exceptional service.

Management Team

Mark stafford, operations manager.

Stafford's specific responsibilities will lie primarily with the coordination of events and oversight of the operations as well as technical support and development of the NGC.

Jessica Miller, General Manager

Miller primarily will be responsible for the marketing and publicity with a view to developing the business in other areas. Specific responsibilities will be to manage the reinvestment of funds and coordinate marketing activities with Mark Stafford.

The positions of operations support staff, technical assistants, cleaners, etc. will be openly sought from the market nearer to the opening of the NGC.

Management Team Gaps

We believe we have a solid team constructed in order to cover the main points of the business plan for the first NGC. Management growth through training and exposure will be an ongoing component of PowerPlay Gaming's priorities.

However, we do realize that as we expand to other NGCs in the region (as is the long-term plan), we will require other managers and technicians to whom we can entrust the operations of this cash-based business. The candidates will be carefully chosen due to their backgrounds and personalities and through personal recommendations of their character.

The process of identifying suitable candidates for the General Manager's position will be ongoing as we expand our operations and any candidates identified will be hired as assistants and trained according to our requirements while under perpetual assessment as to their suitability for the job.

Personnel Requirements

The Personnel Requirements reflect the dual objective of providing an ample amount of service personnel to run the day-to-day operations of PowerPlay Gaming as well as to develop staff for future setups. Our headcount will remain at two to three employees (including the General Manager) at each NGC unless any unforeseen demands dictate otherwise.

Network Game Centers

1 $2,000 1 $2,000 1 $1,000

The financial projections for this plan are presented in the tables and charts of the following subtopics.

Important Assumptions

The financial plan depends on important assumptions. The key underlying assumptions are:

  • We assume a slow-growth economy of five percent the first year, and three percent thereafter, without major recession.
  • We assume that price will be a key competitive element in the first three years of operations where competitors in the business will seek to cut into our business through price cutting.
  • We assume continued popularity of NGCs and the growing demand for high-energy, high-tech entertainment venues.
  • We assume that average daily customer usage of PCs is 3 hours per customer.
  • We assume that the NGC will be open daily between the hours of 12:00 P.M. to 12:00 A.M.

Break-even Analysis

The NGC Break-even Analysis formulas are presented in the text below.

Fixed Costs = $7,500 /month Debt Repayment = $1,000 /month (approximate)

Break Even Point = $8,500

Average Daily Revenue Required = $283.33 Minimum Daily Hours Sold Required = 283.33 / 3 = 94.44 hours Minimum Daily Hours Sold/PC Required = 94.44 / 20 = 4.72 hours Minimum Daily Customers Required = 94.44 / 3 = 31.48

Network Game Centers

Fixed Costs $7,500.00
Debt Repayment 1,000.00

Network Game Centers

Average Daily Revenue Required 283.33
Average Daily Hours Required 94.44
Average Daily Hours/PC Required 4.72
Average Daily Customers Required 31.48
Total Hours Available for Daily Sale 240.00
Percentage of Utilization Required 39%

Projected Profit and Loss

The table presents expected Profit and Loss figures for the coming years, based on the first year figures and a 10 percent growth in the market. The expenses have been overestimated for the table for the sake of remaining conservative and a drop in hourly price to reflect competition also has been incorporated in the calculation. We expect though, that the market will stabilize by the end of the third year of operation.

Network Game Centers

Sales 160,000 158,400 154,880
Expenses 101,500 100,500 100,000
Profit 58,500 57,900 54,880
Total Hours Sold/Day/PC 4.44 4.89 5.38
Total Hours Sold/Month/PC 133 147 161
Total Hours Sold/Month 2,667 2,933 3,227
Rent 24,000 24,000 24,000
Salaries 60,000 60,000 60,000
Utilities 2,500 2,500 2,500
Maintenance 2,000 1,500 1,000
Debt Repayment 12,000 12,000 12,000
Other 1,000 500 500

User Contributions:

Comment about this article, ask questions, or add new information about this topic:.

lan center business plan

Get Your LAN Centers Business Essentials Today!

Foster growth with 250+ time-saving, business-specific templates. Swift designs, easy tools, all in one place.

Boost Your LAN Centers Business with Captivating Content

Capturing the essence of a modern LAN Centers business requires a fusion of creativity, understanding of the gaming community, and a flair for engagement. It's about crafting stories that resonate with your audience - gamers who seek not just a place to play, but an immersive experience. Create content that highlights the cutting-edge technology, comfortable gaming stations, and the vibrant community that makes your center unique. Envision blog posts, social media updates, and event announcements that reflect the excitement and camaraderie found in gaming battles and tournaments. Emphasize the array of games available and the state-of-the-art facilities that set your center apart from the rest. Remember, the goal is to create an atmosphere through your words that is as inviting as the adrenaline-pumping environment of your business.

a computer desk with a monitor and keyboard on it

Creating captivating content for a LAN Center can be as strategic and competitive as the games hosted within its walls. The landscape is dynamic, with gamers constantly seeking the next challenge or social gathering. Understanding the nuances of this unique industry is essential when figuring out how to create content that resonates with your audience.

Avoiding Disconnected Messages

One less common mistake in content creation for LAN Centers is the crafting of messages that don't resonate with the gaming community. It's essential to speak their language, understand trends, and relate to their experiences both virtually and in the brick-and-mortar realm of your business. Rather than just pushing promotions, engage in storytelling that reflects their passions and interests.

macbook air on brown wooden table

Not Leveraging Visual Content Effectively

Another overlooked aspect is underutilizing visual content. In a world where a picture says a thousand words--and perhaps even more in gaming circles--vibrant images, compelling videos, and live streaming can convey the atmosphere and excitement of your LAN Center far more effectively than text alone. Ensure your visuals are sharp, professional, and truly representative of the experience you offer.

a blue and black machine

Overlooking Community Collaboration

In the heart of every gamer is a sense of community. To overlook collaboration with this vibrant group when creating content would be to miss an opportunity to magnify your reach. Consider highlighting community members, shining a spotlight on local tournaments, or sharing user-generated content that showcases real people enjoying what you've built.

Failing to Update Content Regularly

Content that remains static is akin to a game that never receives updates--eventually, players will lose interest. Your online presence must be dynamic and current, reflecting the latest happenings at your center. Post tournament results promptly, announce new games or hardware acquisitions without delay, and keep your schedule of events fresh.

a computer monitor sitting on top of a desk

Ignoring SEO Practices

In the quest for how to create content that captures attention, SEO (Search Engine Optimization) can sometimes fall by the wayside. This oversight is detrimental; without proper keywords, meta descriptions, and titles reflective of what gamers are searching for, your content might not reach its intended audience no matter how well-crafted it is.

a room filled with lots of computers and desks

Forgetting the Power of Storytelling

The power of storytelling cannot be overstated in any sector but holds particular weight in entertainment-based businesses like LAN Centers. Through narratives about epic battles fought or communities formed over shared digital adventures, potential customers can envisage themselves as part of your story--one they'll want to step into and experience firsthand.

Misunderstanding Audience Engagement Metrics

Misinterpreting data from audience engagement metrics such as time spent on page or click-through rates might lead to incorrect conclusions about what your audience enjoys. Use these metrics smartly to refine your approach continuously; if certain types of posts garner more interaction, let those insights guide future content creation endeavors.

Boost campaigns with 250+ editable templates. Save, reuse, and wield design tools for business growth.

Incorporating Brand Consistency Subtly

Your LAN Center's brand should be woven subtly yet firmly into all pieces of content you create--from website articles to social media posts. This doesn't only mean slapping logos onto everything; it means maintaining a consistent voice and message that aligns with your brand's identity across various platforms and formats.

On this note, tools like Desygner become invaluable for ensuring brand consistency while empowering you to design stunning graphics easily--even if you're not a seasoned designer. With its simple interface and library of templates tailored explicitly for gaming businesses, Desygner can help maintain visual coherence across all promotional materials.

The Heartbeat of Engagement

For a LAN Centers business, creating content is not just important, it's the lifeblood of connection and engagement with your community. Crafting informative, entertaining, and relevant content acts as a beacon, drawing players and enthusiasts into the warm embrace of your establishment. It's a dynamic way to showcase the vibrant culture that thrives within your walls. The more you churn out compelling stories, announce thrilling tournaments, and offer sneak peeks into the latest gaming technology, the more you stoke the fires of interest and excitement in your audience.

A Magnet for Loyalty and Growth

Think of content creation as a magnet with an irresistible pull. By consistently delivering value through your posts, videos, or live streams, you transform casual visitors into loyal patrons. This loyalty doesn't just keep your current clientele coming back for more; it turns them into passionate ambassadors who spread the word far and wide. And in this golden age of connectivity, a recommendation from a fellow gamer is worth its weight in gold-encrusted controllers!

The Catalyst for Digital Prosperity

Moreover, frequent content creation is a catalyst for digital prosperity. It enhances your visibility across search engines and social platforms, ensuring that when someone searches for a place to engage in epic battles or enjoy a night out with fellow gamers, your LAN Center stands out. By harnessing the power of SEO-rich articles and captivating multimedia elements, you can climb the rankings and become a dominant force in the digital realm.

Unleashing Potential with Every Post

In essence, every piece of content you create unleashes potential - potential to inform, entertain, connect, and grow. Each tutorial on gaming strategies or highlight reel from local competitions serves as proof of your commitment to providing an exceptional experience. This dedication to excellence is contagious; it inspires others to excel and promises an ever-evolving adventure within your domain. So embrace the art of content creation with fervor; it's one investment that pays dividends in community spirit and business vitality.

macbook air on white table

Mastering Content Creation for Your LAN Center Business

In conclusion, the journey of creating engaging and effective content for a LAN Center business is multifaceted and requires a strategic approach. It's not just about promoting the latest games or boasting high-end equipment; it involves cultivating a community and providing value that resonates with your audience. At the core of this endeavor lies the understanding of your customers' needs and interests, and tailoring your content to meet those while staying authentic to the brand you are building.

Digital storytelling is key in capturing the vibrant atmosphere of a LAN Center. It's about sharing player achievements, showcasing events, and highlighting the social experiences that occur within your venue. Compelling visual content often speaks louder than words alone; hence, incorporating photos and videos can significantly enhance your narrative. Moreover, consistency in posting schedules helps maintain engagement and keeps your audience looking forward to more content.

Collaboration with gamers, influencers, and other LAN Centers can extend your reach beyond your immediate circle. Networking within the gaming community opens up opportunities for co-hosted events or cross-promotions that benefit all parties involved. Embracing user-generated content also serves as an endorsement of your business and encourages further participation from customers who take pride in being part of your community.

As we dissect the essence of impactful content strategy, certain tools can provide an edge in creating polished and appealing content easily. Among these tools, Desygner stands out with its user-friendly interface designed for crafting professional-looking graphics that can capture the dynamic essence of a LAN Center effortlessly.

  • Understand your audience's gaming interests.
  • Embrace digital storytelling for an immersive experience.
  • Incorporate visually compelling media elements.
  • Maintain consistency in content posting schedules.
  • Leverage collaboration for expanded reach.
  • Encourage and share user-generated content.
  • Utilize professional graphic design tools like Desygner.
  • Create a narrative that aligns with brand values.

To elevate your LAN Centre's presence and captivate your audience with stellar content, consider signing up at Desygner today. Enhance your visual storytelling, engage with patrons on a new level, and watch as your LAN Center becomes a hub for not only gamers but also thrilling narratives waiting to unfold!

green and black computer ram stick

Unleash the Potential of Your LAN Center with Expert Marketing Strategies

__placeholder_related_content_2__

Embark on the Journey of Creating a Hub for Gamers

UNLOCK YOUR BUSINESS POTENTIAL!

Get every material you need for your business in just a few clicks

Contender Gaming Network

  • Call of Duty
  • College Football
  • Rainbow Six
  • Rocket League

Contender Gaming Network

Online Events, LAN Tournaments and Showcase Matches

youtube

Get In The Action

Join one of our events today!

Upcoming CGN Events

Earn money, gain status all in the security of a Contender Esports LAN Center

With over 40 LAN events scheduled in 2022, CGN brings your favorite game to your closest Contender Esports LAN Center.

Find your nearest LAN Center

Apex Legends

Contender Gaming Network organizes LAN events, Tournaments and Leagues for the gaming community.

Quick Links

Get in touch.

  • 405 N Jefferson Ave Springfield, MO 65806

Paradox

  • Contender Esports
  • Get A Franchise
  • Health & Safety Information
  • Privacy Policy

An official website of the United States government

Here’s how you know

Official websites use .gov A .gov website belongs to an official government organization in the United States.

Secure .gov websites use HTTPS A lock ( Lock Locked padlock ) or https:// means you’ve safely connected to the .gov website. Share sensitive information only on official, secure websites.

Write your business plan

Business plans help you run your business.

A good business plan guides you through each stage of starting and managing your business. You’ll use your business plan as a roadmap for how to structure, run, and grow your new business. It’s a way to think through the key elements of your business.

Business plans can help you get funding or bring on new business partners. Investors want to feel confident they’ll see a return on their investment. Your business plan is the tool you’ll use to convince people that working with you — or investing in your company — is a smart choice.

Pick a business plan format that works for you

There’s no right or wrong way to write a business plan. What’s important is that your plan meets your needs.

Most business plans fall into one of two common categories: traditional or lean startup.

Traditional business plans are more common, use a standard structure, and encourage you to go into detail in each section. They tend to require more work upfront and can be dozens of pages long.

Lean startup business plans are less common but still use a standard structure. They focus on summarizing only the most important points of the key elements of your plan. They can take as little as one hour to make and are typically only one page.

Traditional business plan

write traditional plan

Lean startup plan

A lean business plan is quicker but high-level

Traditional business plan format

You might prefer a traditional business plan format if you’re very detail-oriented, want a comprehensive plan, or plan to request financing from traditional sources.

When you write your business plan, you don’t have to stick to the exact business plan outline. Instead, use the sections that make the most sense for your business and your needs. Traditional business plans use some combination of these nine sections.

Executive summary

Briefly tell your reader what your company is and why it will be successful. Include your mission statement, your product or service, and basic information about your company’s leadership team, employees, and location. You should also include financial information and high-level growth plans if you plan to ask for financing.

Company description

Use your company description to provide detailed information about your company. Go into detail about the problems your business solves. Be specific, and list out the consumers, organization, or businesses your company plans to serve.

Explain the competitive advantages that will make your business a success. Are there experts on your team? Have you found the perfect location for your store? Your company description is the place to boast about your strengths.

Market analysis

You'll need a good understanding of your industry outlook and target market. Competitive research will show you what other businesses are doing and what their strengths are. In your market research, look for trends and themes. What do successful competitors do? Why does it work? Can you do it better? Now's the time to answer these questions.

Organization and management

Tell your reader how your company will be structured and who will run it.

Describe the  legal structure  of your business. State whether you have or intend to incorporate your business as a C or an S corporation, form a general or limited partnership, or if you're a sole proprietor or limited liability company (LLC).

Use an organizational chart to lay out who's in charge of what in your company. Show how each person's unique experience will contribute to the success of your venture. Consider including resumes and CVs of key members of your team.

Service or product line

Describe what you sell or what service you offer. Explain how it benefits your customers and what the product lifecycle looks like. Share your plans for intellectual property, like copyright or patent filings. If you're doing  research and development  for your service or product, explain it in detail.

Marketing and sales

There's no single way to approach a marketing strategy. Your strategy should evolve and change to fit your unique needs.

Your goal in this section is to describe how you'll attract and retain customers. You'll also describe how a sale will actually happen. You'll refer to this section later when you make financial projections, so make sure to thoroughly describe your complete marketing and sales strategies.

Funding request

If you're asking for funding, this is where you'll outline your funding requirements. Your goal is to clearly explain how much funding you’ll need over the next five years and what you'll use it for.

Specify whether you want debt or equity, the terms you'd like applied, and the length of time your request will cover. Give a detailed description of how you'll use your funds. Specify if you need funds to buy equipment or materials, pay salaries, or cover specific bills until revenue increases. Always include a description of your future strategic financial plans, like paying off debt or selling your business.

Financial projections

Supplement your funding request with financial projections. Your goal is to convince the reader that your business is stable and will be a financial success.

If your business is already established, include income statements, balance sheets, and cash flow statements for the last three to five years. If you have other collateral you could put against a loan, make sure to list it now.

Provide a prospective financial outlook for the next five years. Include forecasted income statements, balance sheets, cash flow statements, and capital expenditure budgets. For the first year, be even more specific and use quarterly — or even monthly — projections. Make sure to clearly explain your projections, and match them to your funding requests.

This is a great place to use graphs and charts to tell the financial story of your business.  

Use your appendix to provide supporting documents or other materials were specially requested. Common items to include are credit histories, resumes, product pictures, letters of reference, licenses, permits, patents, legal documents, and other contracts.

Example traditional business plans

Before you write your business plan, read the following example business plans written by fictional business owners. Rebecca owns a consulting firm, and Andrew owns a toy company.

Lean startup format

You might prefer a lean startup format if you want to explain or start your business quickly, your business is relatively simple, or you plan to regularly change and refine your business plan.

Lean startup formats are charts that use only a handful of elements to describe your company’s value proposition, infrastructure, customers, and finances. They’re useful for visualizing tradeoffs and fundamental facts about your company.

There are different ways to develop a lean startup template. You can search the web to find free templates to build your business plan. We discuss nine components of a model business plan here:

Key partnerships

Note the other businesses or services you’ll work with to run your business. Think about suppliers, manufacturers, subcontractors, and similar strategic partners.

Key activities

List the ways your business will gain a competitive advantage. Highlight things like selling direct to consumers, or using technology to tap into the sharing economy.

Key resources

List any resource you’ll leverage to create value for your customer. Your most important assets could include staff, capital, or intellectual property. Don’t forget to leverage business resources that might be available to  women ,  veterans ,  Native Americans , and  HUBZone businesses .

Value proposition

Make a clear and compelling statement about the unique value your company brings to the market.

Customer relationships

Describe how customers will interact with your business. Is it automated or personal? In person or online? Think through the customer experience from start to finish.

Customer segments

Be specific when you name your target market. Your business won’t be for everybody, so it’s important to have a clear sense of whom your business will serve.

List the most important ways you’ll talk to your customers. Most businesses use a mix of channels and optimize them over time.

Cost structure

Will your company focus on reducing cost or maximizing value? Define your strategy, then list the most significant costs you’ll face pursuing it.

Revenue streams

Explain how your company will actually make money. Some examples are direct sales, memberships fees, and selling advertising space. If your company has multiple revenue streams, list them all.

Example lean business plan

Before you write your business plan, read this example business plan written by a fictional business owner, Andrew, who owns a toy company.

Need help? Get free business counseling

How to Write a Business Plan: Step-by-Step Guide + Examples

Determined female African-American entrepreneur scaling a mountain while wearing a large backpack. Represents the journey to starting and growing a business and needi

Noah Parsons

24 min. read

Updated July 29, 2024

Download Now: Free Business Plan Template →

Writing a business plan doesn’t have to be complicated. 

In this step-by-step guide, you’ll learn how to write a business plan that’s detailed enough to impress bankers and potential investors, while giving you the tools to start, run, and grow a successful business.

  • The basics of business planning

If you’re reading this guide, then you already know why you need a business plan . 

You understand that planning helps you: 

  • Raise money
  • Grow strategically
  • Keep your business on the right track 

As you start to write your plan, it’s useful to zoom out and remember what a business plan is .

At its core, a business plan is an overview of the products and services you sell, and the customers that you sell to. It explains your business strategy: how you’re going to build and grow your business, what your marketing strategy is, and who your competitors are.

Most business plans also include financial forecasts for the future. These set sales goals, budget for expenses, and predict profits and cash flow. 

A good business plan is much more than just a document that you write once and forget about. It’s also a guide that helps you outline and achieve your goals. 

After completing your plan, you can use it as a management tool to track your progress toward your goals. Updating and adjusting your forecasts and budgets as you go is one of the most important steps you can take to run a healthier, smarter business. 

We’ll dive into how to use your plan later in this article.

There are many different types of plans , but we’ll go over the most common type here, which includes everything you need for an investor-ready plan. However, if you’re just starting out and are looking for something simpler—I recommend starting with a one-page business plan . It’s faster and easier to create. 

It’s also the perfect place to start if you’re just figuring out your idea, or need a simple strategic plan to use inside your business.

Dig deeper : How to write a one-page business plan

Brought to you by

LivePlan Logo

Create a professional business plan

Using ai and step-by-step instructions.

Secure funding

Validate ideas

Build a strategy

  • What to include in your business plan

Executive summary

The executive summary is an overview of your business and your plans. It comes first in your plan and is ideally just one to two pages. Most people write it last because it’s a summary of the complete business plan.

Ideally, the executive summary can act as a stand-alone document that covers the highlights of your detailed plan. 

In fact, it’s common for investors to ask only for the executive summary when evaluating your business. If they like what they see in the executive summary, they’ll often follow up with a request for a complete plan, a pitch presentation , or more in-depth financial forecasts .

Your executive summary should include:

  • A summary of the problem you are solving
  • A description of your product or service
  • An overview of your target market
  • A brief description of your team
  • A summary of your financials
  • Your funding requirements (if you are raising money)

Dig Deeper: How to write an effective executive summary

Products and services description

This is where you describe exactly what you’re selling, and how it solves a problem for your target market. The best way to organize this part of your plan is to start by describing the problem that exists for your customers. After that, you can describe how you plan to solve that problem with your product or service. 

This is usually called a problem and solution statement .

To truly showcase the value of your products and services, you need to craft a compelling narrative around your offerings. How will your product or service transform your customers’ lives or jobs? A strong narrative will draw in your readers.

This is also the part of the business plan to discuss any competitive advantages you may have, like specific intellectual property or patents that protect your product. If you have any initial sales, contracts, or other evidence that your product or service is likely to sell, include that information as well. It will show that your idea has traction , which can help convince readers that your plan has a high chance of success.

Market analysis

Your target market is a description of the type of people that you plan to sell to. You might even have multiple target markets, depending on your business. 

A market analysis is the part of your plan where you bring together all of the information you know about your target market. Basically, it’s a thorough description of who your customers are and why they need what you’re selling. You’ll also include information about the growth of your market and your industry .

Try to be as specific as possible when you describe your market. 

Include information such as age, income level, and location—these are what’s called “demographics.” If you can, also describe your market’s interests and habits as they relate to your business—these are “psychographics.” 

Related: Target market examples

Essentially, you want to include any knowledge you have about your customers that is relevant to how your product or service is right for them. With a solid target market, it will be easier to create a sales and marketing plan that will reach your customers. That’s because you know who they are, what they like to do, and the best ways to reach them.

Next, provide any additional information you have about your market. 

What is the size of your market ? Is the market growing or shrinking? Ideally, you’ll want to demonstrate that your market is growing over time, and also explain how your business is positioned to take advantage of any expected changes in your industry.

Dig Deeper: Learn how to write a market analysis

Competitive analysis

Part of defining your business opportunity is determining what your competitive advantage is. To do this effectively, you need to know as much about your competitors as your target customers. 

Every business has some form of competition. If you don’t think you have competitors, then explore what alternatives there are in the market for your product or service. 

For example: In the early years of cars, their main competition was horses. For social media, the early competition was reading books, watching TV, and talking on the phone.

A good competitive analysis fully lays out the competitive landscape and then explains how your business is different. Maybe your products are better made, or cheaper, or your customer service is superior. Maybe your competitive advantage is your location – a wide variety of factors can ultimately give you an advantage.

Dig Deeper: How to write a competitive analysis for your business plan

Marketing and sales plan

The marketing and sales plan covers how you will position your product or service in the market, the marketing channels and messaging you will use, and your sales tactics. 

The best place to start with a marketing plan is with a positioning statement . 

This explains how your business fits into the overall market, and how you will explain the advantages of your product or service to customers. You’ll use the information from your competitive analysis to help you with your positioning. 

For example: You might position your company as the premium, most expensive but the highest quality option in the market. Or your positioning might focus on being locally owned and that shoppers support the local economy by buying your products.

Once you understand your positioning, you’ll bring this together with the information about your target market to create your marketing strategy . 

This is how you plan to communicate your message to potential customers. Depending on who your customers are and how they purchase products like yours, you might use many different strategies, from social media advertising to creating a podcast. Your marketing plan is all about how your customers discover who you are and why they should consider your products and services. 

While your marketing plan is about reaching your customers—your sales plan will describe the actual sales process once a customer has decided that they’re interested in what you have to offer. 

If your business requires salespeople and a long sales process, describe that in this section. If your customers can “self-serve” and just make purchases quickly on your website, describe that process. 

A good sales plan picks up where your marketing plan leaves off. The marketing plan brings customers in the door and the sales plan is how you close the deal.

Together, these specific plans paint a picture of how you will connect with your target audience, and how you will turn them into paying customers.

Dig deeper: What to include in your sales and marketing plan

Business operations

The operations section describes the necessary requirements for your business to run smoothly. It’s where you talk about how your business works and what day-to-day operations look like. 

Depending on how your business is structured, your operations plan may include elements of the business like:

  • Supply chain management
  • Manufacturing processes
  • Equipment and technology
  • Distribution

Some businesses distribute their products and reach their customers through large retailers like Amazon.com, Walmart, Target, and grocery store chains. 

These businesses should review how this part of their business works. The plan should discuss the logistics and costs of getting products onto store shelves and any potential hurdles the business may have to overcome.

If your business is much simpler than this, that’s OK. This section of your business plan can be either extremely short or more detailed, depending on the type of business you are building.

For businesses selling services, such as physical therapy or online software, you can use this section to describe the technology you’ll leverage, what goes into your service, and who you will partner with to deliver your services.

Dig Deeper: Learn how to write the operations chapter of your plan

Key milestones and metrics

Although it’s not required to complete your business plan, mapping out key business milestones and the metrics can be incredibly useful for measuring your success.

Good milestones clearly lay out the parameters of the task and set expectations for their execution. You’ll want to include:

  • A description of each task
  • The proposed due date
  • Who is responsible for each task

If you have a budget, you can include projected costs to hit each milestone. You don’t need extensive project planning in this section—just list key milestones you want to hit and when you plan to hit them. This is your overall business roadmap. 

Possible milestones might be:

  • Website launch date
  • Store or office opening date
  • First significant sales
  • Break even date
  • Business licenses and approvals

You should also discuss the key numbers you will track to determine your success. Some common metrics worth tracking include:

  • Conversion rates
  • Customer acquisition costs
  • Profit per customer
  • Repeat purchases

It’s perfectly fine to start with just a few metrics and grow the number you are tracking over time. You also may find that some metrics simply aren’t relevant to your business and can narrow down what you’re tracking.

Dig Deeper: How to use milestones in your business plan

Organization and management team

Investors don’t just look for great ideas—they want to find great teams. Use this chapter to describe your current team and who you need to hire . You should also provide a quick overview of your location and history if you’re already up and running.

Briefly highlight the relevant experiences of each key team member in the company. It’s important to make the case for why yours is the right team to turn an idea into a reality. 

Do they have the right industry experience and background? Have members of the team had entrepreneurial successes before? 

If you still need to hire key team members, that’s OK. Just note those gaps in this section.

Your company overview should also include a summary of your company’s current business structure . The most common business structures include:

  • Sole proprietor
  • Partnership

Be sure to provide an overview of how the business is owned as well. Does each business partner own an equal portion of the business? How is ownership divided? 

Potential lenders and investors will want to know the structure of the business before they will consider a loan or investment.

Dig Deeper: How to write about your company structure and team

Financial plan

Last, but certainly not least, is your financial plan chapter. 

Entrepreneurs often find this section the most daunting. But, business financials for most startups are less complicated than you think, and a business degree is certainly not required to build a solid financial forecast. 

A typical financial forecast in a business plan includes the following:

  • Sales forecast : An estimate of the sales expected over a given period. You’ll break down your forecast into the key revenue streams that you expect to have.
  • Expense budget : Your planned spending such as personnel costs , marketing expenses, and taxes.
  • Profit & Loss : Brings together your sales and expenses and helps you calculate planned profits.
  • Cash Flow : Shows how cash moves into and out of your business. It can predict how much cash you’ll have on hand at any given point in the future.
  • Balance Sheet : A list of the assets, liabilities, and equity in your company. In short, it provides an overview of the financial health of your business. 

A strong business plan will include a description of assumptions about the future, and potential risks that could impact the financial plan. Including those will be especially important if you’re writing a business plan to pursue a loan or other investment.

Dig Deeper: How to create financial forecasts and budgets

This is the place for additional data, charts, or other information that supports your plan.

Including an appendix can significantly enhance the credibility of your plan by showing readers that you’ve thoroughly considered the details of your business idea, and are backing your ideas up with solid data.

Just remember that the information in the appendix is meant to be supplementary. Your business plan should stand on its own, even if the reader skips this section.

Dig Deeper : What to include in your business plan appendix

Optional: Business plan cover page

Adding a business plan cover page can make your plan, and by extension your business, seem more professional in the eyes of potential investors, lenders, and partners. It serves as the introduction to your document and provides necessary contact information for stakeholders to reference.

Your cover page should be simple and include:

  • Company logo
  • Business name
  • Value proposition (optional)
  • Business plan title
  • Completion and/or update date
  • Address and contact information
  • Confidentiality statement

Just remember, the cover page is optional. If you decide to include it, keep it very simple and only spend a short amount of time putting it together.

Dig Deeper: How to create a business plan cover page

How to use AI to help write your business plan

Generative AI tools such as ChatGPT can speed up the business plan writing process and help you think through concepts like market segmentation and competition. These tools are especially useful for taking ideas that you provide and converting them into polished text for your business plan.

The best way to use AI for your business plan is to leverage it as a collaborator , not a replacement for human creative thinking and ingenuity. 

AI can come up with lots of ideas and act as a brainstorming partner. It’s up to you to filter through those ideas and figure out which ones are realistic enough to resonate with your customers. 

There are pros and cons of using AI to help with your business plan . So, spend some time understanding how it can be most helpful before just outsourcing the job to AI.

Learn more: 10 AI prompts you need to write a business plan

  • Writing tips and strategies

To help streamline the business plan writing process, here are a few tips and key questions to answer to make sure you get the most out of your plan and avoid common mistakes .  

Determine why you are writing a business plan

Knowing why you are writing a business plan will determine your approach to your planning project. 

For example: If you are writing a business plan for yourself, or just to use inside your own business , you can probably skip the section about your team and organizational structure. 

If you’re raising money, you’ll want to spend more time explaining why you’re looking to raise the funds and exactly how you will use them.

Regardless of how you intend to use your business plan , think about why you are writing and what you’re trying to get out of the process before you begin.

Keep things concise

Probably the most important tip is to keep your business plan short and simple. There are no prizes for long business plans . The longer your plan is, the less likely people are to read it. 

So focus on trimming things down to the essentials your readers need to know. Skip the extended, wordy descriptions and instead focus on creating a plan that is easy to read —using bullets and short sentences whenever possible.

Have someone review your business plan

Writing a business plan in a vacuum is never a good idea. Sometimes it’s helpful to zoom out and check if your plan makes sense to someone else. You also want to make sure that it’s easy to read and understand.

Don’t wait until your plan is “done” to get a second look. Start sharing your plan early, and find out from readers what questions your plan leaves unanswered. This early review cycle will help you spot shortcomings in your plan and address them quickly, rather than finding out about them right before you present your plan to a lender or investor.

If you need a more detailed review, you may want to explore hiring a professional plan writer to thoroughly examine it.

Use a free business plan template and business plan examples to get started

Knowing what information to include in a business plan is sometimes not quite enough. If you’re struggling to get started or need additional guidance, it may be worth using a business plan template. 

There are plenty of great options available (we’ve rounded up our 8 favorites to streamline your search).

But, if you’re looking for a free downloadable business plan template , you can get one right now; download the template used by more than 1 million businesses. 

Or, if you just want to see what a completed business plan looks like, check out our library of over 550 free business plan examples . 

We even have a growing list of industry business planning guides with tips for what to focus on depending on your business type.

Common pitfalls and how to avoid them

It’s easy to make mistakes when you’re writing your business plan. Some entrepreneurs get sucked into the writing and research process, and don’t focus enough on actually getting their business started. 

Here are a few common mistakes and how to avoid them:

Not talking to your customers : This is one of the most common mistakes. It’s easy to assume that your product or service is something that people want. Before you invest too much in your business and too much in the planning process, make sure you talk to your prospective customers and have a good understanding of their needs.

  • Overly optimistic sales and profit forecasts: By nature, entrepreneurs are optimistic about the future. But it’s good to temper that optimism a little when you’re planning, and make sure your forecasts are grounded in reality. 
  • Spending too much time planning: Yes, planning is crucial. But you also need to get out and talk to customers, build prototypes of your product and figure out if there’s a market for your idea. Make sure to balance planning with building.
  • Not revising the plan: Planning is useful, but nothing ever goes exactly as planned. As you learn more about what’s working and what’s not—revise your plan, your budgets, and your revenue forecast. Doing so will provide a more realistic picture of where your business is going, and what your financial needs will be moving forward.
  • Not using the plan to manage your business: A good business plan is a management tool. Don’t just write it and put it on the shelf to collect dust – use it to track your progress and help you reach your goals.
  • Presenting your business plan

The planning process forces you to think through every aspect of your business and answer questions that you may not have thought of. That’s the real benefit of writing a business plan – the knowledge you gain about your business that you may not have been able to discover otherwise.

With all of this knowledge, you’re well prepared to convert your business plan into a pitch presentation to present your ideas. 

A pitch presentation is a summary of your plan, just hitting the highlights and key points. It’s the best way to present your business plan to investors and team members.

Dig Deeper: Learn what key slides should be included in your pitch deck

Use your business plan to manage your business

One of the biggest benefits of planning is that it gives you a tool to manage your business better. With a revenue forecast, expense budget, and projected cash flow, you know your targets and where you are headed.

And yet, nothing ever goes exactly as planned – it’s the nature of business.

That’s where using your plan as a management tool comes in. The key to leveraging it for your business is to review it periodically and compare your forecasts and projections to your actual results.

Start by setting up a regular time to review the plan – a monthly review is a good starting point. During this review, answer questions like:

  • Did you meet your sales goals?
  • Is spending following your budget?
  • Has anything gone differently than what you expected?

Now that you see whether you’re meeting your goals or are off track, you can make adjustments and set new targets. 

Maybe you’re exceeding your sales goals and should set new, more aggressive goals. In that case, maybe you should also explore more spending or hiring more employees. 

Or maybe expenses are rising faster than you projected. If that’s the case, you would need to look at where you can cut costs.

A plan, and a method for comparing your plan to your actual results , is the tool you need to steer your business toward success.

Learn More: How to run a regular plan review

How to write a business plan FAQ

What is a business plan?

A document that describes your business , the products and services you sell, and the customers that you sell to. It explains your business strategy, how you’re going to build and grow your business, what your marketing strategy is, and who your competitors are.

What are the benefits of a business plan?

A business plan helps you understand where you want to go with your business and what it will take to get there. It reduces your overall risk, helps you uncover your business’s potential, attracts investors, and identifies areas for growth.

Having a business plan ultimately makes you more confident as a business owner and more likely to succeed for a longer period of time.

What are the 7 steps of a business plan?

The seven steps to writing a business plan include:

  • Write a brief executive summary
  • Describe your products and services.
  • Conduct market research and compile data into a cohesive market analysis.
  • Describe your marketing and sales strategy.
  • Outline your organizational structure and management team.
  • Develop financial projections for sales, revenue, and cash flow.
  • Add any additional documents to your appendix.

What are the 5 most common business plan mistakes?

There are plenty of mistakes that can be made when writing a business plan. However, these are the 5 most common that you should do your best to avoid:

  • 1. Not taking the planning process seriously.
  • Having unrealistic financial projections or incomplete financial information.
  • Inconsistent information or simple mistakes.
  • Failing to establish a sound business model.
  • Not having a defined purpose for your business plan.

What questions should be answered in a business plan?

Writing a business plan is all about asking yourself questions about your business and being able to answer them through the planning process. You’ll likely be asking dozens and dozens of questions for each section of your plan.

However, these are the key questions you should ask and answer with your business plan:

  • How will your business make money?
  • Is there a need for your product or service?
  • Who are your customers?
  • How are you different from the competition?
  • How will you reach your customers?
  • How will you measure success?

How long should a business plan be?

The length of your business plan fully depends on what you intend to do with it. From the SBA and traditional lender point of view, a business plan needs to be whatever length necessary to fully explain your business. This means that you prove the viability of your business, show that you understand the market, and have a detailed strategy in place.

If you intend to use your business plan for internal management purposes, you don’t necessarily need a full 25-50 page business plan. Instead, you can start with a one-page plan to get all of the necessary information in place.

What are the different types of business plans?

While all business plans cover similar categories, the style and function fully depend on how you intend to use your plan. Here are a few common business plan types worth considering.

Traditional business plan: The tried-and-true traditional business plan is a formal document meant to be used when applying for funding or pitching to investors. This type of business plan follows the outline above and can be anywhere from 10-50 pages depending on the amount of detail included, the complexity of your business, and what you include in your appendix.

Business model canvas: The business model canvas is a one-page template designed to demystify the business planning process. It removes the need for a traditional, copy-heavy business plan, in favor of a single-page outline that can help you and outside parties better explore your business idea.

One-page business plan: This format is a simplified version of the traditional plan that focuses on the core aspects of your business. You’ll typically stick with bullet points and single sentences. It’s most useful for those exploring ideas, needing to validate their business model, or who need an internal plan to help them run and manage their business.

Lean Plan: The Lean Plan is less of a specific document type and more of a methodology. It takes the simplicity and styling of the one-page business plan and turns it into a process for you to continuously plan, test, review, refine, and take action based on performance. It’s faster, keeps your plan concise, and ensures that your plan is always up-to-date.

What’s the difference between a business plan and a strategic plan?

A business plan covers the “who” and “what” of your business. It explains what your business is doing right now and how it functions. The strategic plan explores long-term goals and explains “how” the business will get there. It encourages you to look more intently toward the future and how you will achieve your vision.

However, when approached correctly, your business plan can actually function as a strategic plan as well. If kept lean, you can define your business, outline strategic steps, and track ongoing operations all with a single plan.

Content Author: Noah Parsons

Noah is the COO at Palo Alto Software, makers of the online business plan app LivePlan. He started his career at Yahoo! and then helped start the user review site Epinions.com. From there he started a software distribution business in the UK before coming to Palo Alto Software to run the marketing and product teams.

Check out LivePlan

Table of Contents

  • Use AI to help write your plan
  • Common planning mistakes
  • Manage with your business plan

Related Articles

Owner of a life coaching business works on writing their business plan.

5 Min. Read

How To Write a Business Plan for a Life Coaching Business + Free Example

Bakery business owners look over their bakery business plan

7 Min. Read

How to Write a Bakery Business Plan + Sample

Female entrepreneur sitting at her desk doing manual calculations with a calculator trying to understand what her return on investment will be.

1 Min. Read

How to Calculate Return on Investment (ROI)

Overlapping files, folders, charts, graphs, and documents. Represents the information included in a business plan appendix.

3 Min. Read

What to Include in Your Business Plan Appendix

The LivePlan Newsletter

Become a smarter, more strategic entrepreneur.

Your first monthly newsetter will be delivered soon..

Unsubscribe anytime. Privacy policy .

Garrett's Bike Shop

The quickest way to turn a business idea into a business plan

Fill-in-the-blanks and automatic financials make it easy.

No thanks, I prefer writing 40-page documents.

LivePlan pitch example

Discover the world’s #1 plan building software

lan center business plan

You might be using an unsupported or outdated browser. To get the best possible experience please use the latest version of Chrome, Firefox, Safari, or Microsoft Edge to view this website.

How To Write A Business Plan (2024 Guide)

Julia Rittenberg

Updated: Apr 17, 2024, 11:59am

How To Write A Business Plan (2024 Guide)

Table of Contents

Brainstorm an executive summary, create a company description, brainstorm your business goals, describe your services or products, conduct market research, create financial plans, bottom line, frequently asked questions.

Every business starts with a vision, which is distilled and communicated through a business plan. In addition to your high-level hopes and dreams, a strong business plan outlines short-term and long-term goals, budget and whatever else you might need to get started. In this guide, we’ll walk you through how to write a business plan that you can stick to and help guide your operations as you get started.

Featured Partners

ZenBusiness

$0 + State Fees

Varies By State & Package

ZenBusiness

On ZenBusiness' Website

LegalZoom

On LegalZoom's Website

Northwest Registered Agent

$39 + State Fees

Northwest Registered Agent

On Northwest Registered Agent's Website

$0 + State Fee

On Formations' Website

Drafting the Summary

An executive summary is an extremely important first step in your business. You have to be able to put the basic facts of your business in an elevator pitch-style sentence to grab investors’ attention and keep their interest. This should communicate your business’s name, what the products or services you’re selling are and what marketplace you’re entering.

Ask for Help

When drafting the executive summary, you should have a few different options. Enlist a few thought partners to review your executive summary possibilities to determine which one is best.

After you have the executive summary in place, you can work on the company description, which contains more specific information. In the description, you’ll need to include your business’s registered name , your business address and any key employees involved in the business. 

The business description should also include the structure of your business, such as sole proprietorship , limited liability company (LLC) , partnership or corporation. This is the time to specify how much of an ownership stake everyone has in the company. Finally, include a section that outlines the history of the company and how it has evolved over time.

Wherever you are on the business journey, you return to your goals and assess where you are in meeting your in-progress targets and setting new goals to work toward.

Numbers-based Goals

Goals can cover a variety of sections of your business. Financial and profit goals are a given for when you’re establishing your business, but there are other goals to take into account as well with regard to brand awareness and growth. For example, you might want to hit a certain number of followers across social channels or raise your engagement rates.

Another goal could be to attract new investors or find grants if you’re a nonprofit business. If you’re looking to grow, you’ll want to set revenue targets to make that happen as well.

Intangible Goals

Goals unrelated to traceable numbers are important as well. These can include seeing your business’s advertisement reach the general public or receiving a terrific client review. These goals are important for the direction you take your business and the direction you want it to go in the future.

The business plan should have a section that explains the services or products that you’re offering. This is the part where you can also describe how they fit in the current market or are providing something necessary or entirely new. If you have any patents or trademarks, this is where you can include those too.

If you have any visual aids, they should be included here as well. This would also be a good place to include pricing strategy and explain your materials.

This is the part of the business plan where you can explain your expertise and different approach in greater depth. Show how what you’re offering is vital to the market and fills an important gap.

You can also situate your business in your industry and compare it to other ones and how you have a competitive advantage in the marketplace.

Other than financial goals, you want to have a budget and set your planned weekly, monthly and annual spending. There are several different costs to consider, such as operational costs.

Business Operations Costs

Rent for your business is the first big cost to factor into your budget. If your business is remote, the cost that replaces rent will be the software that maintains your virtual operations.

Marketing and sales costs should be next on your list. Devoting money to making sure people know about your business is as important as making sure it functions.

Other Costs

Although you can’t anticipate disasters, there are likely to be unanticipated costs that come up at some point in your business’s existence. It’s important to factor these possible costs into your financial plans so you’re not caught totally unaware.

Business plans are important for businesses of all sizes so that you can define where your business is and where you want it to go. Growing your business requires a vision, and giving yourself a roadmap in the form of a business plan will set you up for success.

How do I write a simple business plan?

When you’re working on a business plan, make sure you have as much information as possible so that you can simplify it to the most relevant information. A simple business plan still needs all of the parts included in this article, but you can be very clear and direct.

What are some common mistakes in a business plan?

The most common mistakes in a business plan are common writing issues like grammar errors or misspellings. It’s important to be clear in your sentence structure and proofread your business plan before sending it to any investors or partners.

What basic items should be included in a business plan?

When writing out a business plan, you want to make sure that you cover everything related to your concept for the business,  an analysis of the industry―including potential customers and an overview of the market for your goods or services―how you plan to execute your vision for the business, how you plan to grow the business if it becomes successful and all financial data around the business, including current cash on hand, potential investors and budget plans for the next few years.

  • Best VPN Services
  • Best Project Management Software
  • Best Web Hosting Services
  • Best Antivirus Software
  • Best LLC Services
  • Best POS Systems
  • Best Business VOIP Services
  • Best Credit Card Processing Companies
  • Best CRM Software for Small Business
  • Best Fleet Management Software
  • Best Business Credit Cards
  • Best Business Loans
  • Best Business Software
  • Best Business Apps
  • Best Free Software For Business
  • How to Start a Business
  • How To Make A Small Business Website
  • How To Trademark A Name
  • What Is An LLC?
  • How To Set Up An LLC In 7 Steps
  • What is Project Management?
  • How To Write An Effective Business Proposal

What Is SNMP? Simple Network Management Protocol Explained

What Is SNMP? Simple Network Management Protocol Explained

AJ Dellinger

What Is A Single-Member LLC? Definition, Pros And Cons

Evan Tarver

What Is Penetration Testing? Definition & Best Practices

Juliana Kenny

What Is Network Access Control (NAC)?

Leeron Hoory

What Is Network Segmentation?

How To Start A Business In Louisiana (2024 Guide)

How To Start A Business In Louisiana (2024 Guide)

Jacqueline Nguyen, Esq.

Julia is a writer in New York and started covering tech and business during the pandemic. She also covers books and the publishing industry.

ETech 7 Logo

  • Credentials
  • Partnerships
  • Testimonials
  • Managed IT Services
  • Managed Servers
  • Managed Network
  • Managed IT Support
  • Managed Backup
  • Server Backup
  • Workstation Backup
  • Disaster Recovery
  • Managed Cloud
  • Hosted Servers
  • Hosted Apps
  • Microsoft Office 365
  • IT Consulting
  • Server Virtualization
  • Cyber Security
  • Hardware Configuration
  • New York State
  • Long Island

Get A Quote

How Does A LAN For Business Work?

For business owners, setting up networks to allow multiple computers and devices to communicate can be difficult; not because it’s complicated, but because it can become very tedious. As seemingly minor errors or omissions can have drastic consequences, many business owners opt to hire IT professionals to set up their networks. This week, without getting hyper-technical, we’ll talk about local area networks, or LAN - what they are, how they work, and why they’re awesome.

LAN – What is it?

LAN stands for “local area network.” It refers to computers and other devices that are relatively close to each other and are part of the same network. These computers can share printers, servers, and documents. Computers are connected through ethernet cables. The cables converge into a switch or router, which can connect to the internet or to a server. If a LAN is connected to the internet, the connection can be considered a WAN (“wide area network”).

A LAN can refer to and encompass computers in a building, computers in your office , computers in your home, or computers connected to each other by physical means.

pexels-photo-209697

LAN – How Does It Work?

You need ethernet cables to create a LAN for your business; this is the physical means of connection. Although we all know what an ethernet cable looks like, articulating what it does can be quite challenging. The simplest way to explain ethernet technology is to say that it is a technology that allows us to connect multiple devices and ultimately form a LAN. For those interested in a more technical explanation on ethernet technology, please feel free to check out this   article .

The ethernet then connects to either a switch or a router; this can be connected to a modem for internet access. Modern routers act as switches and modems as well. In fact, here is a short list of some of the functions of a modern router:

  • Wireless access point – Modern routers are generally presumed to be   wireless   routers that provide Wi-Fi connectivity. Wi-Fi for businesses is crucial, so make sure your wireless router is   reliable .
  • Switch – The simplest way to think of a switch is a device that allows you to connect multiple devices using an ethernet cable. A standalone switch can plug into a router and add several extra ethernet ports.
  • Router – Simply put, routers make sure web traffic gets to the appropriate device by assigning a local IP address. A local IP address is like apartment numbers in a building. They each share the same street address but have their own unique designation within the area.
  • Modem – processes signals from an internet service provider to connect you to the internet. If you only have one device, this is all you need. Alone, this does not offer wireless connectivity.

RJ45 Ethernet Cables

LAN – What Are The Benefits Of A LAN For Business?

Think of a LAN as a single, interconnected entity. Logically, this implies that something done or located on one computer can be used or accessed by another computer if they are within the LAN (or, in other words, part of the same local network ). The possibilities and advantages are enticing:

  • Save money. By dramatically reducing the number of expensive peripheral equipment such as laser printers, you can keep the savings for a rainy day. All the devices on your network should be able to use the equipment so long as it is properly set up.
  • Share files with ease. The perks of a LAN are that you don’t have to email files back and forth. Each file can (or should) be stored on a server and can accessed through a shared drive.
  • Efficient IT services. Access to computers is not limited to just file-sharing. In fact, if you have an in-house IT staff, they can access your computer remotely . That’s right – they can access and control your computer from their own computer in case yours has an issue.
  • Physical security. If your files are stored on a local server, you likely have the server in a locked room. Moreover, you likely set up your server so that it can be accessed only through a VPN or LAN.

Data Security

The benefits don’t end there, however. If you want to get the best out of a LAN, you should consider having professionals set up a LAN for your business. You’ll avoid the headache of having to do it yourself and save time and money by getting it right the first time .

Business Growth & Automation

  • Network Security
  • managed IT services NYC
  • managed IT security
  • Business IT Support
  • Computer Security
  • IT Security New York
  • IT security

lan center business plan

Need IT Support?

FREE CONSULTATION

Speak With An Expert!

meeting-Bg.jpg

Schedule a Meeting Today

ETech 7 is a  managed IT services   provider dedicated to delivering reliable   managed IT support  and   IT consulting   to a wide range of businesses.

Leveraging state of the art software and world class service, ETech 7 strives to provide reliable solutions for your firm's IT needs.

  • Sales: (347) 308-6211
  • Support: (212) 997-1202
  • google-plus
  • pinterest-p

Dell-Logo.png

  • Terms of Use
  • Privacy Policy

lan center business plan

  • Skip to content
  • Skip to search
  • Skip to footer

Cisco Cloud Campus LAN Design Guide (CVD)

Available languages, download options.

  • PDF (33.7 MB) View with Adobe Reader on a variety of devices

Bias-Free Language

The documentation set for this product strives to use bias-free language. For the purposes of this documentation set, bias-free is defined as language that does not imply discrimination based on age, disability, gender, racial identity, ethnic identity, sexual orientation, socioeconomic status, and intersectionality. Exceptions may be present in the documentation due to language that is hardcoded in the user interfaces of the product software, language used based on RFP documentation, or language that is used by a referenced third-party product. Learn more about how Cisco is using Inclusive Language.

Table of Contents

Introduction

Cloud monitoring

Logical architecture

Meraki cloud administration and management

Radius integration (e.g. Cisco ISE)

Active directory integration

Catalyst onboarding for cloud monitoring (C9200/9300/9500)

Option 1: STP Based convergence with Native VLAN 1

Option 2: STP-Based Convergence without Native VLAN 1

Option 3: Layer 3 Access

This document provides a pre-validated design and deployment guide for a Cisco Campus LAN with Catalyst ® Switches and Access Points running in either Cloud Managed or Cloud Monitored mode alongside the various design guidelines, topologies, technologies, configurations, and other considerations relevant to the design of any highly available, full-service campus switching fabric. It is also intended to serve as a guide to direct readers to general design and best practices for Cloud-based Cisco Campus LAN.

The LAN is the networking infrastructure that provides access to network communication services and resources for end users and devices spread over a single floor or building. You create a campus network by interconnecting a group of LANs that are spread over a local geographic area. Campus network design concepts include small networks that use a single LAN switch, up to very large networks with thousands of connections.

The campus wired LAN enables communications between devices in a building or group of buildings, as well as interconnection to the WAN and Internet edge at the network core.

Specifically, this design provides a network foundation and services that enable:

●       Tiered LAN connectivity

●       Wired network access for employees

●       IP Multicast for efficient data distribution

●       Wireless and Wired infrastructure ready for multimedia services

Cisco's Campus LAN architecture offers customers a wide range of options. The Catalyst portfolio with Digital Network Architecture (a.k.a. Cisco Catalyst Center, previously known as Cisco DNA Center) provides a roadmap to digitization and a path to realizing immediate benefits of network automation, assurance and security with an on-prem operating model. The Catalyst portfolio with Meraki Dashboard enables customers to accelerate business evolution through easy-to-use cloud networking technologies that deliver secure customer experiences and simple deployment of network products with a cloud-first operating model.

The proposed architecture enables you to build secure, scalable, and robust enterprise networks. Since the design involves deploying Catalyst platforms in either Cloud Managed or Cloud Monitored modes, special attention should be given to proper planning and design to ensure interoperability and performance.

Designing a LAN for the campus use case is not a one-design-fits-all proposition. The scale of campus LAN can be as simple as a single switch and wireless AP at a small remote site or a large, distributed, multi-building complex with high-density wired port and wireless requirements. The deployment may require very high availability for the services offered by the network, with a low tolerance for risk, or there may be tolerance for fix-on-failure approach with extended service outages for a limited number of users considered acceptable. Platform choices for these deployments are often driven by needs for network capacity, the device and network capabilities offered, and the need to meet any compliance requirements that are important to the organization.

This document provides a pre-validated design and deployment guide for a Cisco Campus LAN with Catalyst Switches and Access Points running in either Cloud Managed or Cloud Monitored mode alongside the various design guidelines, topologies, technologies, configurations, and other considerations relevant to the design of any highly available, full-service campus switching fabric. It is also intended to serve as a guide to direct readers to general design and best practices for Cloud-based Cisco Campus LAN.

Cloud management and monitoring for Cisco Catalyst

Selected Cisco Catalyst devices (9200, 9300, and 9500) are capable of connecting to the Meraki Dashboard for monitoring purposes. This offers dashboard monitoring and insights for Catalyst devices including visibility into some configuration items. However, please note that this does not offer full management in Meraki Dashboard. (i.e. No configuration changes in Meraki Dashboard). Please see the following snapshot of C9500 switches/stacks in the Meraki Dashboard:

Related image, diagram or screenshot

For more information about Cloud Monitoring, please refer to this article .

Campus LAN architecture with Cloud management

Please refer to the following proposed architecture diagram as a reference for this CVD:

Related image, diagram or screenshot

To achieve a robust, reliable, high speed and Future Proof Campus LAN, the following components are part of this architecture:

Component

SKU

Capabilities

Management Platform

MR55-HW (Or MR56/57) with

And

C9166-MR (1) with

WiFi6 High-density Wireless Access points

mGig uplinks

Adaptive Policy

Meraki Dashboard

Cisco ISE ( )

Azure Active Directory ( )

and

And

) with and

Physical Stacking with StackPower

Up to 40G Uplinks

Layer 3 capabilities

Meraki Dashboard

Cisco ISE ( )

Core Switches

( )

Up to 100G Uplinks

Secure segmentation with SD-Access

MACSec 6.4 TB switching capacity

Meraki Dashboard (Monitor Only)

 

in configuration (2) with

OR

A Catalyst SD-WAN solution

10G SFP+ WAN

10G SFP+ LAN

1G SFP LAN

Security (UTM) and SD-WAN

4 Gbps Firewall Throughput

2 Gbps SD-WAN Throughput

Meraki Dashboard

 

Catalyst –M and –MR SKUs are pre-shipped in Cloud Managed mode (aka Meraki management mode).
However, you can transition existing compatible devices to Cloud Managed mode through CLI for OR the Wireless LAN Controller GUI for .

This document will provide three options to design this campus architecture from a logical standpoint, which are outlined below (each with its own characteristics):

Layer 2 Access with Native VLAN 1

This option assumes that your Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) domain is extended all the way to your core layer. It offers great flexibility in terms of network segments as you can have your VLANs spanning over the different stacks/closets. However, the STP configuration and tuning is crucial since the Catalyst platforms can run different STP protocols than the Meraki MS390 switches.

●       Flexibility in your VLAN design

●       Facilitates Wireless Roaming across the whole campus

●       Easier to deploy and consistent configuration across the entire Campus LAN

●       Non-deterministic route failover

●       Slow convergence

●       Different STP protocol support on Cloud Monitored and Cloud Managed Catalyst Switches

●       The possibility of VLAN hopping

Layer 2 access without Native VLAN 1

This option is similar to the above except that VLAN 1 does not exist and the default Native VLAN 1 is replaced with another non-trivial VLAN assignment which can be considered a more preferable option for customers as its separate from the Management VLAN

●       Minimize the risk of VLAN hopping

Please note that the recommended Spanning Tree Protocol for Cloud-based Cisco Campus is Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol since it eliminates configuration and troubleshooting issues on the different platforms. As such, if you configure other protocols on (e.g. Per VLAN Spanning Tree [PVST]) on your network, then please note that VLAN 1 is going to be essential as backward compatible Bridge Protocol Data Units (BPDUs) only run in VLAN 1.

Layer 3 access

This option assumes that your Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) domain is extended all the way to your core layer and thus there is no need to rely on STP between your Access and Core for convergence. It offers fast convergence since it relies on Equal-cost multi-path routing (ECMP) rather than STP layer 2 paths. However, it doesn't offer great flexibility in your VLAN design as each VLAN cannot span between multiple stacks/closets.

●       Deterministic route failover

●       Fast convergence

●       Relies on either stacking or gateway redundancy at upper layers

●       VLANs cannot span multiple stacks/closets

●       Your backbone area size can be unmanageable

●       Layer 3 roaming is not possible without a concentrator

This CVD offers the design and configuration guidelines for ALL options above.

Campus LAN planning, design, and configuration

The following section provides information on planning your solution and ensuring that you have a successful deployment. This will include gathering the design requirements and planning for your Cloud-based Cisco Campus LAN architecture based on your own requirements.

Prior to proceeding to plan for your deployment, please refer to the Campus LAN Design Best Practices Guide which can be used to guide you through the planning phase of designing your Campus LAN.

If you don't have an account on the Meraki Dashboard, create one following these steps :

1.      Generate an API Key for your account following these steps .

2.      Claim your order(s) or serial number(s) into your Meraki Dashboard account.

3.      Add your devices to existing networks or create new networks as required.

4.      Configure firmware upgrades for your network(s) with latest Stable or RC releases for each device type ( Please check the firmware changelog for platform-specific details ).

5.      Configure your network(s) with the correct time zone from Network-wide > Configure > General ( This is key for reporting and firmware upgrades ).

6.      Configure your network(s) with the desired upgrade date and time.

7.      Configure the MR upgrade behavior as desired.

8.      Ensure that your Campus LAN has access to the internet for management purposes.

9.      Ensure that Meraki Cloud is accessible and that all required ports are opened where applicable (information can be found in Dashboard).

10.   Ensure that there is sufficient bandwidth for firmware upgrades as they tend to be large in size.

11.   Ensure that only current administrators are added with the correct permissions on the Meraki dashboard (unless SAML is configured for Single Sign-on).

12.   If using Single sign-on integration with Meraki dashboard, please ensure that login to dashboard is scoped such that administrators have the correct level of access where applicable (e.g. Per network, Per switch port, etc.). For more information about dashboard access roles, please refer to the following article .

13.   In case of SAML SSO, it is still required to have one valid administrator account with full rights configured on the Meraki dashboard. However, it is recommended to have at least two accounts to avoid being locked out from dashboard.

14.   Where applicable, ensure that the designated Management VLAN has access to Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) (at least during initial bootup before assigning a static IP address) and also to the internet.

Please note that all switches within the same network will use the same Management VLAN unless changed statically on a per switch basis

1.      If using an external Radius server (e.g. Cisco ISE), then ensure that the network segment where ISE is hosted can access the Management VLAN configured on your network devices (or the Alternate Management Interface on MR and/or MS if configured and where applicable).

2.      Ensure that all required ports are opened where applicable (e.g. 1812, 1813, etc.).

It is recommended to access the Radius server via VPN as the Radius traffic sourced from Meraki devices is encrypted.

1.      If using an external identity source (e.g. Active Directory), then ensure that the network segment where the AD is hosted can access the Management VLAN configured on your network devices (or the Alternate Management Interface on MR and/or MS if configured with Radius integration).

2.      Ensure that all required ports are opened where applicable (e.g. 3268, 389, etc.).

It is recommended to access the Active Directory server via VPN as the traffic is not encrypted (only port is supported).

For ease of management, Customers can onboard Cisco C9200/9300/9500 switches/stacks for Cloud Monitoring such that they can be available in the Meraki Dashboard in Monitor only mode. This process enables dashboard monitoring on these switches/stacks and selected configuration parameters will be visible in the Meraki Dashboard. Please refer to the following article for the supported Catalyst 9000 series.

Pre-requisites

Please ensure the following prior to onboarding a switch/stack for Cloud Monitoring:

●       It is a supported model (Please refer to this article)

●       Running IOS-XE 17.3 – 17.10.1

●       It must have an SVI or routed interface that has access to the Internet on port TCP 443

●       It must have a valid DNS server

●       It must have a valid DNA software subscription

●       It must have Telnet for connectivity pre-check (Please refer to this article )

●       A valid Dashboard account and API Key

●       A computer with both access to internet on port 443 and access to the switch(es)

HTTPS proxies to access the API endpoint and the TLS gateway are not currently supported. If necessary, ensure rules are in place to allow direct HTTPS connections to each. Connectivity must be via a front-panel port (not the management interface). Only the default VRF is supported. Ensure routes are in place to reach external addresses including a default route (use of ip default-gateway is not supported). IP routing (ip routing) must be enabled on the switch or will be enabled as part of onboarding. Ensure DNS is enabled on the switch (ip name-server {DNS server IP} configured). Ensure DNS lookup is enabled (ip domain lookup). NTP needs to be enabled on the switch (ntp server {address}), and the switch clock must reflect the correct time. AAA on the switch must be configured using aaa new model. RADIUS authentication is not currently supported. SSH access to the switch CLI must be enabled and accessible via the computer used for onboarding. The user account for onboarding must have privilege-15 level access on the switch.

Onboarding catalyst devices for cloud monitoring

The onboarding process for the C9500 core switches is out of scope for the purposes of this CVD. Please refer to the following article for a step by step guide on onboarding Catalyst for Cloud Monitoring.

Switch Status on Meraki dashboard

Once the device has been onboarded for Meraki dashboard monitoring, it should come online on dashboard after several minutes and also the network topology will show all switches in Monitor Only mode.

Related image, diagram or screenshot

Design and configuration guidelines

This design option allows for flexibility in terms of VLAN and IP addressing across the Campus LAN such that the same VLAN can span across multiple access switches/stacks thanks to Spanning Tree that will ensure that you have a loop-free topology. However, this method of convergence is considered non- deterministic since the path of execution isn't fully determined (unlike Layer 3 routing protocols for example). As a result, convergence can be slow and STP must be tuned to provide best results.

This design is based on consistent STP protocols running in this campus deployment, as such Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MST, aka 802.1s) will be configured since it is supported on both the Meraki and Catalyst platforms.

It is recommended to run the STP protocol across all switches (MST in this case). Running any other protocol on Catalyst (e.g. PVST) can introduce undesired behavior and can be more difficult to troubleshoot.

You should consider this option if you need a consistent VLAN assignment across all switching closets. Here are some things to consider about this design option:

●       Different STP protocol support on Cloud Managed and Cloud Monitored Catalyst Switches

Since MST will be used as a loop prevention mechanism, all SVIs will be created on the collapsed core layer.

The following diagram shows the logical architecture highlighting STP convergence within a campus LAN design leveraging Cloud Managed and Cloud Monitored Catalyst platforms:

Related image, diagram or screenshot

Physical architecture

The following diagram shows the physical architecture and port list for this design:

A screenshot of a computerDescription automatically generated

Assumptions

The following assumptions have been considered:

●       It is assumed that Wireless roaming is required everywhere in the Campus

●       It is assumed that VLANs are spanning across multiple zones/closets

●       Corporate SSID ( Broadcast in all zones/areas ) users are assigned VLAN 10 on all APs. CoA VLAN is VLAN 30 (via Cisco ISE)

●       BYOD SSID ( Broadcast in all zones/areas ) users are assigned VLAN 20 on all APs. CoA VLAN is VLAN 30 (via Cisco ISE)

●       Guest SSID ( Broadcast in all zones/areas ) users are assigned VLAN 30 on all APs

●       IoT SSID ( Broadcast in all zones/areas ) users are assigned VLAN 40 on all APs

●       Access Switches will be running in Layer 2 mode ( No SVIs or DHCP )

●       MS390 Access Switches physically stacked together

●       C9300-M (or compatible) Access Switches physically stacked together

●       C9500 Core Switches with Stackwise-virtual stacking using SVLs

●       Access Switch uplinks are in trunk mode with native VLAN = VLAN 1 (Management VLAN * )

●       STP root is at Distribution/Collapsed-core

●       Distribution/Collapsed-core uplinks are in Trunk mode with Native VLAN = VLAN 1 (Management VLAN)

●       All VLAN SVIs are hosted on the core layer

●       Network devices will be assigned fixed IPs from the management VLAN DHCP pool. Default Gateway is 10.0.1.1

The client serving SVIs (offering DHCP services) were configured in this case on the C9500 Core Stack. However, it is also possible to configure them on the WAN Edge MX instead. In this case, please remember to configure the C9500 Core Stack uplinks the MX Downlinks with the appropriate VLANs in the Allowed VLAN list.

While it is possible to configure a different Management VLAN than VLAN 1, the design and configuration guidelines in the coming section will assume that VLAN 1 is the Management VLAN. Please refer to this separate section should you wish to configure a different Management VLAN for your Campus LAN.

Network segments

Please check the following table for more information about the network segments (e.g. VLANs, SVIs, etc.) for this design:

Network Segment

VLAN ID

Subnet

Default Gateway

Notes

1

10.0.1.0/24

10.0.1.1

SVI hosted on edge MX

10

10.0.10.0/24

10.0.10.1

SVI hosted on core switches

20

10.0.20.0/24

10.0.20.1

SVI hosted on core switches

30

10.0.30.0/24

10.0.30.1

SVI hosted on core switches

40

10.0.40.0/24

10.0.40.1

SVI hosted on core switches

Please size your subnets based on your own requirements. The above table is for illustration purposes only

In this example, the Management VLAN has been created on the Edge MX. Alternatively, you can create the SVI on the C9500 Core Stack.

Application

MR

Access switches

Core switches

MX Appliance

EF DSCP 46

AC_Vo

Trust incoming values

DSCP 46

CoS 5

Trust incoming values

EF

DSCP 45

LLQ

Unlimited

AF41

DSCP 34

AC_VI

Trust incoming values

DSCP 34

CoS 4

Trust incoming values

Af41

DSCP 34

High Priority

AF21

DSCP 18

AC_BE

Trust incoming values

DSCP 18

CoS 2

Trust incoming values

AF21

DSCP 18

Medium Priority

5Mbps / Client

AF11

DSCP 10

AC_BK

Trust incoming values

DSCP 10

CoS 1

Trust incoming values

AF11

DSCP 10

Device list

Device

Name

Management IP address

Notes

Primary WAN Edge

10.0.1.1

warm-spare

Spare WAN Edge

C9500-01

10.0.1.2

Stackwise Virtual (C9500-Core-Stack)

C9500-02

MS390-01

10.0.1.3

Physical Stacking (Stack1-MS390)

MS390-02

C9300-01

100.1.4

Physical Stacking (Stack2-C9300)

C9300-02

AP1_Zone1

10.0.1.5

Tag = Zone1

AP2_Zone1

10.0.1.6

Tag = Zone1

AP3_Zone2

10.0.1.7

Tag = Zone2

AP4_Zone2

10.0.1.8

Tag = Zone2

Access policies

Access Policy Name

Purpose

Configuration

Notes

802.1x Authentication via Cisco ISE for wired clients that support 802.1x

Authentication method = my Radius server

Radius CoA = enabled

Host mode = Single-Host

Access Policy type = 802.1x

Guest VLAN = 30

Failed Auth VLAN = 30

Critical Auth VLAN = 30

Suspend Port Bounce = Enabled

Voice Clients = Bypass

authentication

Walled Garden = enabled

Cisco ISE authentication and posture checks

MAB Authentication via Cisco ISE for wired clients that do not support 802.1x

Authentication method = my Radius server

Radius CoA = disabled

Host mode = Single-Host

Access Policy type = MAC

authentication bypass

Guest VLAN = 30

Failed Auth VLAN = 30

Critical Auth VLAN = 30

Suspect Port Bounce = Enabled

Voice Clients = Bypass authentication

Walled Garden = disabled

Cisco ISE authentication

The above Access Policies are for illustration purposes only. Please configure your Access Policies as required.

Device name

Port

Far-end

Port details

Notes

1

WAN1

 

VIP1

2

WAN2

 

VIP2

19

9500-01 (Port Twe1/0/1)

Trunk (Native VLAN 1)

Downlink

20

9500-02 (Port Twe2/0/1)

Trunk (Native VLAN 1)

Downlink

19

9500-01 (port Twe1/0/2)

Trunk (Native VLAN 1)

Downlink

20

9500-02 (Port Twe2/0/2)

Trunk (Native VLAN 1)

Downlink

Twe1/0/1

Primary WAN Edge (Port 19)

switchport access vlan 1 auto qos trust dscp policy static sgt 2 trusted

Uplink

Twe1/0/2

Spare WAN Edge (Port 19)

switchport access vlan 1 auto qos trust dscp policy static sgt 2 trusted

Uplink

Twe2/0/1

Primary WAN Edge (Port 20)

switchport access vlan 1 auto qos trust dscp policy static sgt 2 trusted

Uplink

Twe2/0/2

Spare WAN Edge (Port 20)

switchport access vlan 1 auto qos trust dscp policy static sgt 2 trusted

Uplink

Twe1/0/23

MS390-01 (Port 1)

switchport trunk native vlan 1

switchport trunk allowed vlans 1,10,20,30,40

channel-group 1 mode active

spanning-tree guard root

auto qos trust dscp

policy static sgt 2 trusted

Downlink

Twe1/0/24

C9300-01 (Port 1)

switchport trunk native vlan 1

switchport trunk allowed vlans 1,10,20,30,40

channel-group 2 mode active

spanning-tree guard root

auto qos trust dscp

policy static sgt 2 trusted

Downlink

Twe2/0/23

MS390-02 (Port 1)

switchport trunk native vlan 1

switchport trunk allowed vlans 1,10,20,30,40

channel-group 1 mode active

spanning-tree guard root

auto qos trust dscp

policy static sgt 2 trusted

Downlink

Twe2/0/24

C9300-02 (Port 1)

switchport trunk native vlan 1

switchport trunk allowed vlans 1,10,20,30,40

channel0group 2 mode active

spanning-tree guard root

auto qos trust dscp

policy static sgt 2 trusted

Downlink

Hu1/0/25

C9500-02 (Port Hu2/0/26)

stackwise-virtual link 1

Stackwise Virtual

Hu1/0/26

C9500-02 (Port Hu2/0/25)

stackwise-virtual link 1

Stackwise Virtual

Hu2/0/25

C9500-01 (Port Hu1/0/26)

stackwise-virtual link 1

Stackwise Virtual

Hu2/0/26

C9500-01 (PortHu1/0/25)

stackwise-virtual link 1

Stackwise Virtual

5-8

Wired Clients

Access (Data VLAN 1)

Access Policy = Wired-1x

PoE Enabled

STP BPDU Guard

Tag = Wired Clients 802.1x

AdP: Corp

For wired clients supporting 802.1x

9-12

Wired Clients

Access (Data VLAN 1)

Access Policy = MAB

PoE Enabled

STP BPDU Guard

Tag = Wired Clients MAB

AdP: Corp

For wired clients that do not support 802.1x

13-16

MR

Trunk (Native VLAN 1)

PoE Enabled

STP BPDU Guard

Tag = MR WLAN

Peer SGT Capable

AdP: Infrastructure

Allowed VLANs: 1,10,20,30,40

1

9500-01 (Port Twe1/0/23)

Trunk (Native VLAN 1)PoE Disabled

Name: Core 1

Tag = Uplink

Peer SGT Capable

AdP: Infrastructure

Allowed VLANs: 1,10,20,30,40

1

9500-02 (Port Twe2/0/23)

Trunk (Native VLAN 1)

PoE Disabled

Name: Core 2

Tag = Uplink

Peer SGT Capable

AdP: Infrastructure

Allowed VLANs: 1,10,20,30,40

C9300-01 / C9300-NM-8X / 1

9500-01 (Port Twe1/0/24)

Trunk (Native VLAN 1)

PoE Disabled

Name: Core 1

Tag = Uplink

Peer SGT Capable

AdP: Infrastructure

Allowed VLANs: 1,10,20,30,40

C9300-02 / C9300-NM-8X / 1

C9500-02 (Port Twe2/0/24)

Trunk (Native VLAN 1)

PoE Disabled

Name: Core 2

Tag = Uplink

Peer SGT Capable

AdP: Infrastructure

Allowed VLANs: 1,10,20,30,40

Wireless SSID list

SSID Name

Broadcast

Configuration

Notes

Firewall and Traffic Shaping

All APs

Association = Enterprise with my Radius server

Encryption = WPA2 only

Splash Page = Cisco ISE

Radius CoA = Enabled

SSID mode = Bridge mode

VLAN Tagging = 10 (ISE Override)

AdP Group = 10:Corp

Radius override = Enabled

Mandatory DHCP = Enabled

Layer 2 isolation = Disabled

Allow Clients access LAN = Allow

Traffic Shaping = Enabled with default settings

Cisco ISE Authentication and posture checks (172.31.16.32/1812)

Layer 2 Isolation = Disabled

Allow Access to LAN = Enabled

Per-Client Bandwidth Limit = 50Mbps

Per-SSID Bandwidth Limit = Unlimited

Enable Default Traffic Shaping rules

SIP - EF (DSCP 46)

Software Updates - AF11 (DSCP 10)

Webex and Skype - AF41 (DSCP 34)

All Video and Music - AF21 (DSCP 18)

All APs

Association = Enterprise with my Radius server

Encryption = WPA2 only

802.11w = Enabled

Splash Page = Cisco ISE

SSID mode = Bridge mode

VLAN Tagging = 20

AdP Group = 20:BYOD

Radius override = Disabled

Mandatory DHCP = Enabled

Layer 2 isolation = Disabled

Allow Clients access LAN = Allow

Traffic Shaping = Enabled with default settings

Cisco ISE Authentication (via Azure AD) and posture checks.

Dynamic GP assignment (Radius attribute = Airospace-ACLNAME)

Layer 2 Isolation = Disabled

Allow Access to LAN = Enabled

Per-Client Bandwidth Limit = 50Mbps

Per-SSID Bandwidth

Limit = Unlimited

Enable Default Traffic Shaping rules

SIP - EF (DSCP 46)

Software Updates - AF11 (DSCP 10)

Webex and Skype - AF41 (DSCP 34)

All Video and Music - AF21 (DSCP 18)

All APs

802.11w = Enabled

Splash Page = Click-Through

SSID mode = Bridge mode

VLAN Tagging = 30

AdP Group = 30:Guest

Radius override = Disabled

Mandatory DHCP = Enabled

Layer 2 isolation = Enabled

Allow Clients access LAN = Deny

Per SSID limit = 100Mbps

Traffic Shaping = Enabled with default settings

Meraki Authentication

Layer 2 Isolation = Enabled

Allow Access to LAN = Disabled

Per-Client Bandwidth Limit = 5Mbps

Per-SSID Bandwidth Limit = 100Mbps

Enable Default Traffic Shaping rules

SIP - EF (DSCP 46)

Software Updates - AF11 (DSCP 10)

Webex and Skype - AF41 (DSCP 34)

All Video and Music - AF21 (DSCP 18)

All APs

Association = identity PSK with Radius

Encryption = WPA1 and WPA2

802.11r = Disabled

802.11w = Disabled

Splash Page = None

Radius CoA = Disabled

SSID mode = Bridge mode

VLAN Tagging = 40

AdP Group = 40:IoT

Radius override = Disabled

Mandatory DHCP = Enabled

Allow Clients access LAN = Deny

Per SSID limit = 10Mbps

Traffic Shaping = Enabled with default settings

Cisco ISE is queried at association time to obtain a passphrase for

a device based on its MAC address.

Dynamic GP assignment (Radius attribute Filter-Id)

Layer 2 Isolation = Disabled

Allow Access to LAN = Enabled

Per-Client Bandwidth Limit = 5Mbps

Per-SSID Bandwidth Limit = Unlimited

Enable Default Traffic Shaping rules

SIP - EF (DSCP 46) Software Updates -

AF11 (DSCP 10)

Webex and Skype - AF41 (DSCP 34)

All Video and Music - AF21 (DSCP 18)

The above configuration is for illustration purposes only. Please configure your SSIDs based on your own requirements ( , IP assignment, , etc.) Please note that Adaptive Policy on MR requires MR-ADV license. For more information about the requirements, please refer to this .

Group policies

Group Policy Name

Purpose

For BYOD users to limit bandwidth per client and restrict access as desired. GP will be dynamically assigned based on Radius attribute 

Name = BYOD

Schedule = disabled

Bandwidth = 10Mbps

Firewall and Traffic Shaping = None

Layer 3 FW = None

Layer 7 FW = Block All Email

VLAN = 20

Splash = N/A

The above Group Policies are for illustration purposes only. Please configure your Group Policies as required. To configure your Radius server to assign a dynamic Group Policy please refer to article.

Configuration and implementation guidelines

It is assumed that by this stage, Catalyst devices have been added to dashboard for either Monitoring (e.g. C9500) or Management (e.g. C9300). For more information, please refer to the above section. Before proceeding, please make sure that you have the appropriate licenses claimed into your dashboard account.

1.      Login to your dashboard account (or create an account if you don't have one)

2.      Navigate to Organization > Configure > Inventory

3.      For Co-term license model, click on Claim . And for PDL, please click on Add

Related image, diagram or screenshot

4.      Enter the order and/or serial number(s) to claim the devices into your account. For PDL, click Next then please choose to add them to Inventory (Do not add them to a network)

5.      Create a Dashboard Network : Navigate to Organization > Configure > Create network to create a network for your Campus LAN (Or use an existing network if you already have one). If you are creating a new network, please choose "Combined" as this will facilitate a single topology diagram for your Campus LAN. Choose a name (e.g. Campus) and then click Create network

Related image, diagram or screenshot

6.      Dashboard Network Settings: Navigate to Network-wide > Configure > General and choose the settings for your network (e.g. Time zone, Traffic Analytics, firmware upgrade day/time, etc.)

Related image, diagram or screenshot

7.      Schedule Firmware Upgrade : Navigate to Organization > Monitor > Firmware upgrades to select the firmware settings for your devices such that devices upgrade once they connect to dashboard. Select the device type then click on Schedule upgrade .

8.      Add Devices to a Dashboard Network : Navigate to Organization > Configure > Inventory :

●       For Co-term licensing model, select the MS390 and C9300 switches and the Primary WAN Edge then click on Add then choose the Network Campus

●       For PDL licensing model, select the MS390 and C9300 switches and the Primary WAN Edge then click on Change network assignment and then choose the Network Campus

●       Please DO NOT add the Secondary WAN Edge device at this stage

9.      Rename MX Security Appliance : Navigate to Security and SD-WAN > Monitor > Appliance status then click on the edit button to rename the MX to Primary WAN Edge then click on Save .

Related image, diagram or screenshot

10.   MX Connectivity: Plug in your WAN uplink(s) on the Primary WAN Edge MX then power it on and wait for it to come online on dashboard. This might take a few minutes as the MX will download its firmware and configuration. Navigate to Security and SD-WAN > Monitor > Appliance status and verify that the MX has come online and that its firmware and configuration is up to date .

Related image, diagram or screenshot

11.   Rename Access Switches: Navigate to Switching > Monitor > Switches then click on each MS390 and C9300 switch and then click on the edit button on top of the page to rename it per the above table then click on Save such that all your switches have their designated names.

Related image, diagram or screenshot

12.   Rename MR APs: Navigate to Wireless > Monitor > Access points then click on each AP and then click on the edit button on top of the page to rename it per the above table then click on Save such that all your APs have their designated names.

13.   MR AP Tags: Navigate to Wireless > Monitor >Access points then click on each AP and then click on the edit button next to TAGS to add Tags to your AP per the above table then click on Save such that all your APs have their designated tags.

Related image, diagram or screenshot

14.   MX Addressing and VLANs: Navigate to Security and SD-WAN > Configure > Addressing and VLANs , and in the Deployment Settings menu select Routed mode. Further down the page on the Routing menu, click on VLANs then click on Add VLAN to add your management VLAN then click on Create . Then for the per-port VLAN settings, select your downlink ports (19 and 20) and click on Edit and configure them as access with VLAN 1 and click on Update . Finally, click on Save at the bottom of the page.

Related image, diagram or screenshot

15.   Campus LAN Static Routes: Create Static Routes for your Campus network by navigating further down the page to Static routes then click on Add Static Route . Start by adding your Corporate LAN subnet then click on Update and then add static routes to all other subnets (e.g. BYOD, Guest and IoT). Finally, click on Save at the bottom of the page. ( The Next hop IP that you have used here will be used to create a fixed assignment for the Core Stack later in DHCP settings ).

Related image, diagram or screenshot

16.   Optional - If you are accessing any resources over Meraki SD-WAN , please navigate to Security and SD-WAN > Configure > Site-to-site VPN and enable VPN based on your topology and traffic flow requirements. (In this case we will configure this Campus as Spoke with Split Tunneling )

●       Choose Type: Spoke then click on Add a hub and select your hub site where you need access to resources via VPN. You can also add multiple hubs for resiliency. To choose Split Tunneling, please leave the box next to the Hub unticked as shown below.

Related image, diagram or screenshot

●       Under VPN Settings , choose which subnet to be Enabled in VPN ( e.g. Management VLAN will be required for Radius authentication purposes as the MR/MS390/C9300 devices will reach out to Cisco ISE using their management IP ). Any Subnet that needs to access resources via VPN must be Enabled otherwise keep it as Disabled.

Related image, diagram or screenshot

●       Finally, click on Save at the bottom of the page

●       On the Hub site, please make sure to advertise the subnets that are required to be reachable via VPN. Navigate to Security and SD-WAN > Configure > Site-to-site VPN then add a local network then click Save at the bottom of the page ( Please make sure that you are configuring this on the Hub's dashboard network )

Related image, diagram or screenshot

17.   Optional - Verify that your VPN has come up by selecting your Campus LAN dashboard network from the Top-Left Network drop down list and then navigate to Security and SD-WAN > Monitor >VPN status then check the status of your VPN peers. Next, navigate to Security and SD-WAN > Monitor > Route table and check the status of your remote subnets that are reachable via VPN. You can also verify connectivity by pinging a remote subnet(e.g. 172.31.16.32 which is Cisco ISE) by navigating to Security and SD-WAN > Monitor > Appliance status then click on Tools and ping the specified IP address ( Please note that the MX will choose the highest IP participating in VPN by default as the source ).

Related image, diagram or screenshot

Please note that in order to ping a remote subnet, you must either have BGP enabled or have static routes at the far-end pointing back to the Campus LAN local subnets.

In this example, the VPC in AWS has been configured with a Route Entry to route 10.0.1.0/24 via the vMX deployed in AWS that has a VPN tunnel back to the Campus LAN site.

Related image, diagram or screenshot

If the remote VPN peer (e.g. AWS) is configured in Routed mode , the static route is not required since traffic will always be NAT'd to a local reachable IP address.

18.   SD-WAN and Traffic Shaping Configuration: To configure Traffic Shaping settings for your Campus LAN site. Navigate to Security and SD-WAN > Configure > SD-WAN and Traffic Shaping to configure your preferred settings. For the purpose of this CVD, the default traffic shaping rules will be used to mark traffic with a DSCP tag without policing egress traffic (except for traffic marked with DSCP 46) or applying any traffic limits. ( Please adjust these settings based on your requirements such as traffic limits or priority queue values. For more information about traffic shaping settings on the MX devices, please refer to the following article ).

Related image, diagram or screenshot

19.   Optional - Configure Threat Protection (Requires Advanced License or above) for your Campus LAN site. Navigate to Security and SD-WAN > Configure > Threat Protection and choose the settings that meet your site requirements. Please see the following configuration example:

Related image, diagram or screenshot

20.   Click on Save at the bottom of the page.

21.   Optional - Configure Content Filtering Settings (Requires Advanced License or above) for your Campus LAN site. Navigate to Security and SD-WAN > Configure > Content filtering and choose the settings that meet your site requirements. Please see the following configuration example:

Related image, diagram or screenshot

22.   Click on Save at the bottom of the page.

23.   Core Switch Uplinks: On the Catalyst 9500 core switches, Connect their uplinks to the Primary WAN Edge MX and power them both on.

24.   Core Switch Network Access: Connect to first C9500 switch via console and configure it with the following commands:

Switch#

Enter configuration commands, one per line. End with CNTL/Z.

Switch(config)#

9500-01(config)#

9500-01(config)#

9500-01(config)#

9500-01(config)#

Please reload the switch for Stackwise Virtual configuration to take effect

Upon reboot, the config will be part of running config but not part of start-up

config. 9500-01(config-stackwise-virtual)#

9500-01(config)#

9500-01(config)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01#

9500-01#

Interface             IP-Address   OK? Method Status      Protocol

Vlan1                 10.0.1.110   YES DHCP up            up

GigabitEthernet0/0    unassigned   YES NVRAM down         down

TwentyFiveGigE1/0/1   unassigned   YES unset              up

TwentyFiveGigE1/0/2   unassigned   YES unset              up

9500-01#

Type escape sequence to abort.

Sending 5, 100-byte ICMP Echos to 8.8.8.8, timeout is 2 seconds:

!!!!!

Success rate is 100 percent (5/5), round-trip min/avg/max = 4/4/5 ms

9500-01#

Type escape sequence to abort.

Sending 5, 100-byte ICMP Echos to 72.163.4.185, timeout is 2 seconds:

!!!!!

Success rate is 100 percent (5/5), round-trip min/avg/max = 109/109/109 ms

9500-01#

9500-01#

9500-01#

Building configuration...

[OK]

25.   Core Switch Network Access: Connect to the second C9500 switch via console and configure it with the following commands:

Switch>

Switch#

Enter configuration commands, one per line. End with CNTL/Z.

Switch(config)#

9500-02(config)#

9500-01(config)#

9500-01(config)#

9500-02(config)#

Please reload the switch for Stackwise Virtual configuration to take effect

Upon reboot, the config will be part of running config but not part of start-up

config. 9500-02(config-stackwise-virtual)#

9500-02(config)#

9500-02(config)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-02(config-if)#

9500-02(config-if)#

9500-02(config-if)#

9500-02(config)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-02(config-if)#

9500-02(config-if)#

9500-02(config-if)#

9500-02(config)#

9500-02(config-if)#

9500-02(config-if)#

9500-02(config-if)#

9500-02#

9500-02#

Interface             IP-Address     OK? Method Status     Protocol

Vlan1                 10.0.1.111    YES DHCP up            up

GigabitEthernet0/0    unassigned    YES NVRAM down         down

TwentyFiveGigE1/0/1   unassigned    YES unset up           up

TwentyFiveGigE1/0/2   unassigned    YES unset up           up

9500-02#

Type escape sequence to abort.

Sending 5, 100-byte ICMP Echos to 8.8.8.8, timeout is 2 seconds:

!!!!!

Success rate is 100 percent (5/5), round-trip min/avg/max = 4/4/5 ms

9500-02#

Type escape sequence to abort.

Sending 5, 100-byte ICMP Echos to 72.163.4.185, timeout is 2 seconds:

!!!!!

Success rate is 100 percent (5/5), round-trip min/avg/max = 109/109/109 ms

9500-02#

9500-02#

9500-02#

Building configuration...

[OK]

26.   SVL Configuration : Now that both C9500 switches have access to the network, proceed to configure the Stackwise Virtual Links per the port list provided above ( In this case with using two ports as part of the SVL providing a total stacking bandwidth of 80 Gbps ).

9500-01(config)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01#

Building configuration...

[OK]

9500-01#

Proceed with reload? [confirm]

9500-02(config)#

9500-02(config-if)#

9500-02(config-if)#

9500-02(config-if)#

9500-02(config)#

9500-02(config-if)#

9500-02(config-if)#

9500-02(config-if)#

9500-02#

Building configuration...

[OK]

9500-02#

Proceed with reload? [confirm]

27.   Connect Stacking Cables: Whilst the C9500 switches are reloading, connect the stacking cables on both switches.

28.   Verify Stackwise Configuration: Please wait for about 10 minutes for the switches to come back up and initialize the stack. Then, connect to the 9500-01 ( Stack Master ) via console to verify that the stack is operational. The stackwise-virtual link should be U (Up) and R (Ready).

9500-01#

Stackwise Virtual Configuration:

----------------------------

Stackwise Virtual : Enabled

Domain Number : 1

 

Switch Stackwise Virtual Link Ports

-----------------------------

1    1      HundredGigE1/0/25

           HundredGigE1/0/26

2    1      HundredGigE2/0/25

           HundredGigE2/0/26

9500-01#

9500-01#

Stackwise Virtual Link(SVL) Information:

-----------------------------

Flags:

-----

Link Status

-----------

U-Up D-Down

Protocol Status

-----------

S-Suspended P-Pending E-Error T-Timeout R-Ready

-----------------------------

Switch SVL Ports     Link-Status Protocol-Status

------------------------------------------------

1     1   HundredGigE1/0/25      U        R

          HundredGigE1/0/26      U        R

2     1   HundredGigE2/0/25      U        R

          HundredGigE2/0/26      U        R

 

9500-01#

9500-01#

Switch Bandwidth

----------------

1    80G

2    80G

 

9500-01#

9500-01#

Switch/Stack Mac Address : b0c5.3c60.fba0 - Local Mac Address

Mac persistency wait time: Indefinite

                       H/W Current

Switch#      Role      Mac Address      Priority      Version     State

1          Active     b0c5.3c60.fba0      5           V02        Ready

2          Standby    40b5.c111.01e0       1           V02       Ready

 

9500-01#

29.   Optional - Attach and configure stackwise-virtual dual-active-detection: DAD is a feature used to avoid a dual- active situation within a stack of switches. It will rely on a direct attachment link between the two switches to send hello packets and determine if the active switch is responding or not. Please note that DAD cannot be applied to any SVL links and has to be a dedicated interface. For the purpose of this CVD, interface HundredGigE1/0/27 and HundredGigE2/0/27 will be used for enabling DAD between the two C9500 switches.

9500-01#

9500-01(config)#

9500-01(config-if)#

WARNING: All the extraneous configurations will be removed for HundredGigE1/0/27 on reboot.

INFO: Upon reboot, the config will be part of running config but not part of start-up config.

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

WARNING: All the extraneous configurations will be removed for HundredGigE1/0/27 on reboot.

INFO: Upon reboot, the config will be part of running config but not part of start-up config.

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01#

Building configuration...

[OK]

9500-01#

Reload command is being issued on Active unit, this will reload the whole stack

Proceed with reload? [confirm]Connection to 10.0.1.2 closed by remote host.

Connection to 10.0.1.2 closed.

>> 

9500-01#

In dual-active recovery mode: No

Recovery Reload: Enabled

 

Dual-Active-Detection Configuration:

-----------------------------------

Switch Dad port Status

-----------------------------------

1  HundredGigE1/0/27   up

2  HundredGigE2/0/27   up

 

9500-01#

30.   Configure Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (802.1s). Connect to the 9500-01 ( Stack Master ) via console and use the following commands:

9500-01(config)#

9500-01(config-mst)#

9500-01(config-mst)#

9500-01(config-mst)#

9500-01(config-mst)#

9500-01(config)#

9500-01(config)#

9500-01(config)#

9500-01#

Building configuration...

[OK]

9500-01#

31.   Verify Spanning Tree Configuration ( Please note that interface Twe2/0/1 will be in STP blocking state due to the fact that both uplinks are connected to the same MX edge device at this stage ).

9500-01#

MST0

Spanning tree enabled protocol mstp

Root ID     Priority     4096

            Address     b0c5.3c60.fba0

            This bridge is the root

            Hello Time 2 sec Max Age 20 sec Forward Delay 15 sec

Bridge ID Priority      4096       (priority 4096 sys-id-ext 0)

         Address          b0c5.3c60.fba0

         Hello Time       2 sec Max Age 20 sec Forward Delay 15 sec

 

Interface    Role Sts Cost     Prio.Nbr Type

-----------------------------------------------------

Twe1/0/1     Desg FWD 2000     128.193 P2p

Twe2/0/1     Back BLK 2000     128.385 P2p

 

9500-01#

32.   Configure STP Root Guard and UDLD on the Core Stack Downlinks:

9500-01#

Enter configuration commands, one per line. End with CNTL/Z.

9500-01(config)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01#

Building configuration...

[OK]

9500-01#

33.   Optional - STP Hygiene: It is recommended to configure STP Root Guard on all C9500 Core Stack downlinks to avoid any new introduced downstream switches from claiming root bridge status.

9500-01#

Enter configuration commands, one per line. End with CNTL/Z.

9500-01(config)#

9500-01(config)#

9500-01(config-if-range)#

9500-01(config-if-range)#

9500-01(config)#

9500-01(config)#

9500-01(config-if-range)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01#

Building configuration...

[OK]

9500-01#

34.   Optional - STP Hygiene: It is recommended to configure STP Loop Guard on all C9500 Core Stack un-used stacking links .

9500-01#

Enter configuration commands, one per line. End with CNTL/Z.

9500-01(config)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if-range)#

9500-01(config)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if-range)#

9500-01(config)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01#

Building configuration...

[OK]

9500-01#

35.   Configure SVIs for your Campus LAN on the Core Stack:

9500-01(config)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config)#

9500-01(dhcp-config)#

9500-01(dhcp-config)#

9500-01(dhcp-config)#

9500-01(dhcp-config)#

9500-01(dhcp-config)#

9500-01(dhcp-config)#

9500-01(dhcp-config)#

9500-01(dhcp-config)#

9500-01(dhcp-config)#

9500-01(dhcp-config)#

9500-01(dhcp-config)#

9500-01(dhcp-config)#

9500-01(dhcp-config)#

9500-01(dhcp-config)#

9500-01(dhcp-config)#

9500-01(dhcp-config)#

9500-01#

Building configuration...

[OK]

9500-01#

36.   Verify your DHCP pool configuration:

9500-01#

 

Pool vlan10 :

Utilization mark (high/low) : 100 / 0

Subnet size (first/next)    : 0 / 0

Total addresses               254

Leased addresses                0

Excluded addresses              0

Pending event               : none

1 subnet is currently in the pool :

Current index    IP address range                    Leased/Excluded/Total

10.0.20.1         10.0.20.1          - 10.0.20.254   0 / 0 / 254

 

Pool vlan20 :

Utilization mark (high/low) : 100 / 0

Subnet size (first/next)    : 0 / 0

Total addresses                 254

Leased addresses                  0

Excluded addresses                0

Pending event               : none

1 subnet is currently in the pool :

Current index    IP address range                    Leased/Excluded/Total

10.0.20.1         10.0.20.1      - 10.0.20.254       0 / 0 / 254

 

Pool vlan30 :

Utilization mark (high/low) : 100 / 0

Subnet size (first/next)    : 0 / 0

Total addresses                 254

Leased addresses                  0

Excluded addresses                0

Pending event               : none

1 subnet is currently in the pool :

Current index    IP address range                    Leased/Excluded/Total

10.0.30.1         10.0.30.1 -     10.0.30.254        0 / 0 / 254

 

Pool vlan40 :

Utilization mark (high/low) : 100 / 0

Subnet size (first/next)    : 0 / 0

Total addresses                 254

Leased addresses                  0

Excluded addresses                0

Pending event               : none

1 subnet is currently in the pool :

Current index    IP address range                    Leased/Excluded/Total

10.0.40.1         10.0.40.1 - 10.0.40.254            0 / 0 / 254

9500-01#

37.   Verify your SVI configuration:

9500-01#

Vlan1      10.0.1.113       YES DHCP up       up

Vlan10     10.0.10.1        YES manual down   down

Vlan20     10.0.20.1        YES manual down   down

Vlan30     10.0.30.1        YES manual down   down

Vlan40     10.0.40.1        YES manual down   down

9500-01#

38.   Configure Layer 2 Switchports , SGTs and CST (Cisco TrustSec) on your Core Stack interfaces. ( Please note that enforcement has been disabled on downlink ports allowing it to happen downstream ):

9500-01#

Enter configuration commands, one per line. End with CNTL/Z.

9500-01(config)#

9500-01(config)#

9500-01(config)#

9500-01(config-rb-acl)#

9500-01(config-rb-acl)#

9500-01(config)#

9500-01(config)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if-cts-manual)#

9500-01(config-if-cts-manual)#

9500-01(config)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if-cts-manual)#

9500-01(config-if-cts-manual)#

9500-01(config)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if-cts-manual)#

9500-01(config-if-cts-manual)#

9500-01(config)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if-cts-manual)#

9500-01(config-if-cts-manual)#

9500-01#

Building configuration...

[OK]

9500-01#

39.   Spare WAN Edge Connectivity: Follow these steps to create warm-spare with two MX appliances: ( Please note that this might result in a brief interruption of packet forwarding on the MX Appliance ):

●       Navigate to Security and SD-WAN > Monitor > Appliance status and click on Configure warm spare

Related image, diagram or screenshot

●       Now click on Enabled then choose the Spare MX from the drop-down menu and then choose the Uplink IP option that suits your requirements (Please note that choosing Virtual IPs requires an additional IP address on the upstream network and a single broadcast domain between the two MXs) then click on Update

Related image, diagram or screenshot

●       Now click on Spare to access the Appliance status page of your Spare MX and click on the Edit button to rename the spare unit (e.g. Secondary WAN Edge)

Related image, diagram or screenshot

●       Then configure the following on your C9500 Core Stack:

9500-01#

9500-01(config)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01#

Building configuration...

[OK]

●       Then connect the Spare MX downlinks to your C9500 Core Stack (e.g. Spare MX port 19 to Twe1/0/2 and port 20 to Twe2/0/2)

●       Then connect the Spare MX with its uplinks ( This must match the uplink configuration on your Primary WAN Edge )

●       Power on the Spare MX and wait for it to come online on dashboard

Related image, diagram or screenshot

●       You can also verify that your C9500 Core Stack interfaces to the Spare MX are up, and that the redundant uplinks are in STP BLK mode

9500-01#

Interface              IP-Address OK?     Method Status     Protocol

TwentyFiveGigE1/0/2     unassigned        YES unset up      up

TwentyFiveGigE2/0/2     unassigned        YES unset up      up

9500-01#

9500-01#

MST0

Spanning tree enabled protocol mstp

Root ID Priority 4096

     Address b0c5.3c60.fba0

     This bridge is the root

     Hello Time 2 sec Max Age 20 sec Forward Delay 15 sec

Bridge ID Priority 4096 (priority 4096 sys-id-ext 0)

      Address    b0c5.3c60.fba0

      Hello Time 2 sec Max Age 20 sec Forward Delay 15 sec

 

Interface      Role Sts Cost      Prio.Nbr Type

Twe1/0/1       Desg FWD 2000      128.193 P2p

Twe1/0/2       Desg FWD 2000      128.194 P2p

Twe2/0/1       Back BLK 2000      128.385 P2p

Twe2/0/2       Back BLK 2000      128.386 P2p

 

9500-01#

40.   Access Policy configuration: When you're logged in dashboard, Navigate to Switching > Configure > Access policies to configure Access Policies as required for your Campus LAN. Please see the following example for two Access Policies; 802.1x and MAB .

Related image, diagram or screenshot

41.   Adaptive Policy Configuration : Configure Adaptive Policy for your Campus LAN. When you're logged in dashboard, Navigate to Organization > Configure > Adaptive Policy then click on the Groups tab on the top.

There should be two groups (Unknown, Infrastructure) that are already available. Click on Add group to add each group required for your Campus LAN. You need to fill in the Name, the SGT value, and a description then click on Review changes then click on Submit . Please see the following examples:

Related image, diagram or screenshot

42.   Adaptive Policy Configuration: Configure Adaptive Policy for your Campus LAN. When you're logged in dashboard, Navigate to Organization > Configure > Adaptive Policy then click on the Policies tab on the top. The source groups are on the left side, and the destination groups are on the right side. Select a source group from the left side then select all destination groups on the right side that should be allowed then click on Allow and click on Save at the bottom of the page. Next, select a source group from the left side then select all destination groups on the right side that should be denied (i.e. Blocked) then click on Deny and click on Save at the bottom of the page. After creating the policy for that specific source group, the allowed destination groups will be displayed with a green tab and the denied destination groups will be displayed with a red tab. Repeat this step for all policies required for all Groups (Allow and Deny).

Related image, diagram or screenshot

43.   Access Switch Ports Configuration: Configure Uplink Ports on your Access Switches. When you're logged in dashboard, Navigate to Switching > Monitor > Switch Ports , then select your uplink ports and configure them as shown below. (Tip: You can filter for ports by using search terms in dashboard)

Related image, diagram or screenshot

44.   Optional - For ease of management, it is recommended that you rename the ports connecting to your Core switches with the actual switch name / Connecting port as shown below.

Related image, diagram or screenshot

45.   Access Switch Ports Configuration: Configure Wired Client Ports (802.1x) on your Access Switches. Navigate to or Refresh Switching > Monitor > Switch Ports , then select your Wired Client ports (5-8) and configure them as shown below. (Tip: You can filter for ports by using search terms in dashboard)

Related image, diagram or screenshot

46.   Access Switch Ports Configuration: Configure Wired Client Ports (MAB) on your Access Switches. Navigate to or Refresh Switching > Monitor > Switch Ports , then select your Wired Client ports (9-12) and configure them as shown below. (Tip: You can filter for ports by using search terms in dashboard)

Related image, diagram or screenshot

47.   Access Switch Ports Configuration: Configure MR Ports on your Access Switches. Navigate to or Refresh Switching > Monitor > Switch Ports , then select your ports connecting to MR Access Points (13-16) and configure them as shown below. (Tip: You can filter for ports by using search terms in dashboard)

Related image, diagram or screenshot

48.   Optional - Access Switch Ports Configuration: Configure unused ports on your Access Switches such that they are disabled and mapped to an unrouted VLAN ( e.g. VLAN 999 ). Navigate to Switching > Configure > Switch Ports and filter for any unused ports (e.g. 17-24) and configure them as shown below.

Related image, diagram or screenshot

49.   Rename Wireless SSIDs: To configure your SSIDs per the above table, first navigate to Wireless > Configure SSIDs then rename the SSIDs per your requirements (Refer to the above table for guidance).

●       SSID#1 (First column, aka vap:0, enabled by default): Click on rename and change it to Acme Corp

●       SSID#2 (Second column, aka vap:1 ): Click on rename and change it to Acme BYOD , then click on the top drop-down menu to enable it

●       SSID#3 (Third column, aka vap:2 ): Click on rename and change it to Guest , then click on the top drop-down menu to enable it

●       SSID#4 (Fourth column, aka vap:3 ): Click on rename and change it to Acme IoT , then click on the top drop- down menu to enable it

●       Click Save at the bottom of the page

Related image, diagram or screenshot

50.   Configure Access Control for Acme Corp : Navigate to Wireless > Configure > Access control then from the top drop-down menu choose Acme Corp .

Related image, diagram or screenshot

●       Please Note: Adaptive Policy Group feature is not currently available in the New Version of the Access. You will need to click on View old version

View old version

which is available at the top right corner of the page to be able to access this and configure the Adaptive Policy Group (10: Corp). Then, please click Save at the bottom of the page

51.   Configure Access Control for Acme BYOD : Navigate to Wireless > Configure > Access control then from the top drop-down menu choose Acme BYOD .

Related image, diagram or screenshot

●       Click on

View old Version

which is available on the top right corner of the page, then choose the Adaptive Policy Group 20: BYOD and then click on Save at the bottom of the page.

Related image, diagram or screenshot

52.   Configure Access Control for Guest : Navigate to Wireless > Configure > Access control then from the top drop-down menu choose Guest .

Related image, diagram or screenshot

at the top right corner of the page then choose the Adaptive Policy Group 30: Guest then click on Save at the bottom of the page

Related image, diagram or screenshot

53.   Configure Access Control for Acme IoT : Navigate to Wireless > Configure > Access control then from the top drop-down menu choose Acme IoT .

Related image, diagram or screenshot

at the top right corner of the page then choose the Adaptive Policy Group 40: IoT then click on Save at the

●       bottom of the page

Related image, diagram or screenshot

54.   Enabling Stacking on your MS390 and C9300 Switches in Meraki Dashboard; please follow these steps:

A.   Connect a single uplink to each switch (e.g. Port 1 on MS390-01 to Port TwentyFiveGigE1/0/23 on C9500)

B.   Make sure all stacking cables are unplugged from all switches

C.   Power up all switches

D.   Verify that your C9500 Stack downlinks are up and not shutdown

9500-01#

Interface              IP-Address OK?    Method Status    Protocol

TwentyFiveGigE1/0/23   unassigned         YES unset up     up

TwentyFiveGigE1/0/24   unassigned         YES unset up     up

TwentyFiveGigE2/0/23   unassigned         YES unset up     up

TwentyFiveGigE2/0/24   unassigned         YES unset up     up

9500-01#

E.   Wait for them to come online on dashboard. Navigate to Switching > Monitor > Switches and check the status of your Access Switches

Related image, diagram or screenshot

F.   After they come online and download their configuration and firmware ( Up to date ) you can proceed to the next step. You can see their Configuration status and Firmware version from Switching > Monitor > Switches

G.   Enable stacking in dashboard by Navigating to Switching > Monitor > Switch stacks then click on add one

Related image, diagram or screenshot

H.   Then give your stack a name and select its members and click on Create

Related image, diagram or screenshot

I.    Now click on Add a stack to create all other stacks in your Campus LAN access layer by repeating the above steps

Related image, diagram or screenshot

J.   Power off all access switches

K.   Disconnect all uplink cables from all switches

L.   Nominate your master switch for each stack (e.g. MS390-01 for stack1 and C9300-01 for stack2)

M.  On the master switches, plug the uplink again

N.   Plug stacking cables on all switches in each stack to form a ring topology and make sure that the Cisco logo is upright

O.  Power on your master switches first , then power other stack members

P.   Wait for the stack to come online on dashboard. To check the status of your stack, Navigate to Switching > Monitor > Switch stacks and then click on each stack to verify that all members are online and that stacking cables show as connected

Related image, diagram or screenshot

Q.  Plug uplinks on all other non-master members and verify that the uplink is online in dashboard by navigating to Switching > Monitor > Switch stacks and then click on each stack to verify that all uplinks are showing as connected however they should be in STP discarding mode

Related image, diagram or screenshot

R.   Configure the same Static IP for all members in each stack by navigating to Switching > Monitor > Switches then click on the master switch (e.g. MS390-01 for Stack1) and under LAN IP menu copy the IP address then click on the edit button to specify the Static IP address information (You can use the same IP address that was assigned using DHCP) then click Save . The same Static IP address information should now be copied for all members of the same stack. You can verify this by navigating to Switch > Monitor > Switches (Tip: Click on the configure button on the right-hand side of the table to add Local IP information display).

Related image, diagram or screenshot

S.   Finally, configure etherchannels on both your Access Switch Stacks and your Core Switch Stacks so that all uplinks can be operational (STP forwarding mode) at the same time. Follow these steps:

◦     First, disconnect the downlinks to non-master switches from your C9500 Core Stack (e.g. Port TwentyFiveGigE2/0/23 and TwentyFiveGigE2/0/24)

◦     Navigate to Switching > Monitor > Switch ports and search for uplink then select all uplinks in the same stack (in case you have tagged your ports otherwise search for them manually and select them all) then click on Aggregate . Please note that all port members of the same Ether Channel must have the same configuration otherwise Dashboard will not allow you to click the aggregate button.

Related image, diagram or screenshot

◦     Please repeat above steps for all stacks in your network

◦     Please note that the above step will cause all members within the stack to go offline in Dashboard

●       On your C9500 Core Stack, please configure etherchannel Settings for your downlinks such that each Stack downlinks should be in a separate Port-channel and that the mode is active :

9500-01#

Enter configuration commands, one per line. End with CNTL/Z.

9500-01(config)#

9500-01(config-if)#

Creating a port-channel interface Port-channel 1

 

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

Creating a port-channel interface Port-channel 2

 

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01#

9500-01#

Port-channels in the group:

------------------------

Port-channel: Po1 (Primary Aggregator)

---------------

Age of the Port-channel = 0d:01h:42m:43s

Logical slot/port = 9/1 Number of ports = 2

HotStandBy port = null

Port state = Port-channel Ag-Inuse

Protocol = LACP

Port security = Disabled

Fast-switchover = disabled

Fast-switchover Dampening = disabled

Ports in the Port-channel:

 

Index Load Port        EC state    No of bits

------+------+------+-------------+-----------

0    00   Twe1/0/23   Active        0

0    00   Twe2/0/23   Active        0

 

Time since last port bundled: 0d:01h:40m:21s     Twe2/0/23

 

9500-01#

9500-01#

Port-channels in the group:

------------------

 

Port-channel: Po2 (Primary Aggregator)

 

-----------

 

Age of the Port-channel = 0d:01h:43m:56s

Logical slot/port = 9/2      Number of ports = 2

HotStandBy port = null

Port state = Port-channel Ag-Inuse

Protocol = LACP

Port security = Disabled

Fast-switchover = disabled

Fast-switchover Dampening = disabled

Ports in the Port-channel:

Index   Load    Port     EC state   No of bits

-------+------+------+-------------+-----------

0   00       Twe1/0/24    Active        0

0   00       Twe2/0/24    Active        0

 

Time since last port bundled: 0d:01h:42m:04s Twe2/0/24

9500-01#9500-01#

Building configuration...

[OK]

9500-01#

●       Plug all uplinks to non-master switches

●       Now all your switches should come back online on Dashboard

Related image, diagram or screenshot

●       And now all your uplinks from each stack should be in STP Forwarding mode, which you can verify on Dashboard by navigating to Switching > Monitor > Switch stacks and checking the uplink port status. Also, you can check that on your C9500 Core Stack:

Related image, diagram or screenshot

9500-01#

 

Mst Instance        Role Sts Cost     Prio.Nbr Type

----------------------------------------------------

MST0               Desg FWD 10000     128.2089 P2p

9500-01#

 

Mst Instance        Role Sts Cost     Prio.Nbr Type

----------------------------------------------------

MST0               Desg FWD 10000     128.2089 P2p

9500-01#

MST0

  Spanning tree enabled protocol mstp

  Root ID Priority 4096

     Address b0c5.3c60.fba0

     This bridge is the root

     Hello Time 2 sec Max Age 20 sec Forward Delay 15 sec

 

Bridge ID Priority 4096 (priority 4096 sys-id-ext 0)

    Address b0c5.3c60.fba0

    Hello Time 2 sec Max Age 20 sec Forward Delay 15 sec

 

Interface     Role Sts Cost       Prio.Nbr Type

---------------------------------------------------

Twe1/0/1      Desg FWD 2000       128.193 P2p

Twe1/0/2      Desg FWD 2000       128.194 P2p

Twe2/0/1      Back BLK 2000       128.385 P2p

Twe2/0/2      Back BLK 2000       128.386 P2p

Po1           Desg FWD 10000      128.2089 P2p

Po2           Desg FWD 1000       128.2090 P2p

9500-01#

55.   Configure Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (802.1s) in Dashboard for MS390 and C9300 switches: Navigate to Switching > Configure > Switch settings and select your stack and choose the appropriate STP priority per stack (61440 for all Access Switch Stacks) then click Save at the bottom of the page.

Related image, diagram or screenshot

●       Verify that the Access Stacks are seeing the C9500 Core Stack as the root by navigating to Switching > Monitor > Switches then click on any switch and under the RSTP root menu check the root bridge information

56.   Configure Dynamic ARP Inspection (DAI) on your C9500 Core Switches: All Downlinks to Access Switches and Uplinks to MX Edge must be configured as Trusted and all other interfaces as Untrusted . (Please note that the order of commands is important to avoid loss of connectivity)

Capability Codes: R - Router, T - Trans Bridge, B - Source Route Bridge

                  S - Switch, H - Host, I - IGMP, r - Repeater, P - Phone,

                  D - Remote, C - CVTA, M - Two-port Mac Relay

 

Device ID     Local Intrfce    Holdtme Capability Platform Port ID

a4b4395f2a80  Twe 1/0/24       124     S C9300-24U Port C9300-NM-8X/1

2c3f0b0fec00  Twe 2/0/23       174     S MS390-24 Port 1

2c3f0b047e80  Twe 1/0/23       159     S MS390-24U Port 1

4ce175b0ba00  Twe 2/0/24       177     S C9300-24U Port C9300-NM-8X/1

 

Total cdp entries displayed : 4

9500-01#

9500-01(config)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config)#

9500-01(config)#

9500-01(config)#

9500-01#

Switch DHCP snooping is enabled

Switch DHCP gleaning is disabled

DHCP snooping is configured on following VLANs:

1,10,20,30,40

DHCP snooping is operational on following VLANs:

1,10,20,30,40

DHCP snooping is configured on the following L3 Interfaces:

 

Insertion of option 82 is enabled

   circuit-id default format: vlan-mod-port

   remote-id: b0c5.3c60.fba0 (MAC)

Option 82 on untrusted port is not allowed

Verification of hwaddr field is enabled

Verification of giaddr field is enabled

DHCP snooping trust/rate is configured on the following Interfaces:

 

Interface                Trusted      Allow option      Rate limit (pps)

------------------------------------------------------------------------

TwentyFiveGigE1/0/1         yes        yes           unlimited

Custom circuit-ids:

TwentyFiveGigE1/0/2         yes        yes           unlimited

Custom circuit-ids:

TwentyFiveGigE1/0/23        yes        yes           unlimited

Custom circuit-ids:

TwentyFiveGigE1/0/24        yes        yes           unlimited

Custom circuit-ids:

TwentyFiveGigE2/0/1         yes        yes           unlimited

Custom circuit-ids:

TwentyFiveGigE2/0/2         yes        yes           unlimited

Custom circuit-ids:

TwentyFiveGigE2/0/23        yes        yes           unlimited

Custom circuit-ids:

TwentyFiveGigE2/0/24        yes        yes           unlimited

Custom circuit-ids:

Port-channel1               yes        yes           unlimited

Custom circuit-ids:

Port-channel2               yes        yes           unlimited

Custom circuit-ids:

9500-01#

9500-01#

 

Source Mac Validation : Disabled

Destination Mac Validation : Disabled

IP Address Validation : Disabled

 

Vlan      Configuration        Operation     ACL Match     Static ACL

-----------------------------------------------------

1         Enabled               Active

10         Enabled              Active

20         Enabled              Active

30         Enabled              Active

40         Enabled              Active

9500-01#

Building configuration...

[OK]

9500-01#

57.   Configure Dynamic Arp Inspection (DAI) on your Access Switch Stacks: Navigate to Switching > Monitor > DHCP Servers and ARP and scroll down to Dynamic ARP Inspection and enable it. Then click Save at the bottom of the page.

Related image, diagram or screenshot

58.   Setting up your Access Points: Connect your APs to the respective ports on the Access Switches (e.g. Ports 13-16) and wait for them to come online on dashboard and download their firmware and configuration files. To check the status of your APs navigate to Wireless > Monitor > Access points and check the status, configuration and firmware of your APs.

Related image, diagram or screenshot

59.   Re-addressing your Network Devices: In this step, you will adjust your IP addressing configuration to align with your network design. This step could have been done earlier in the process however it will be easier to adjust after all your network devices have come online since the MX (The DHCP server for Management VLAN 1) has kept a record of the actual MAC addresses of all DHCP clients. Follow these steps to re-assign the desired IP addresses: (Please note that this will cause disruption to your network connectivity)

A.   Navigate to Organization > Monitor > Overview then click on Devices tab to check the current IP addressing for your network devices

B.   Navigate to Security and SD-WAN > Monitor > Appliance status then click on the Tools tab and click on Run next to ARP Table

C.   Take a note of the MAC addresses of your network devices

D.   Navigate to Security and SD-WAN > Configure > DHCP then under Fixed IP assignments click on Add a fixed IP assignment and add entries for your network devices using the MAC addresses you have from Step #3 above then click on Save at the bottom of the page

Related image, diagram or screenshot

E.   Navigate to Switching > Configure > Switch ports then filter for MR (in case you have previously tagged your ports or select ports manually if you haven't) then select those ports and click on Edit , then set Port status to Disabled then click on Save .

Related image, diagram or screenshot

F.   After a few minutes ( For configuration to be up to date ) Navigate to Switching > Configure > Switch ports then filter for MR (in case you have previously tagged your ports or select ports manually if you haven't) then select those ports and click on Edit , then set Port status to Enabled then click on Save .

Related image, diagram or screenshot

G.   Navigate to Switching > Monitor > Switches then click on each master switch to change its IP address to the one desired using Static IP configuration (remember that all members of the same stack need to have the same static IP address)

Related image, diagram or screenshot

H.   On your C9500 Core Stack, bounce your VLAN 1 interface. Then verify that the interface VLAN 1 came up with the correct IP address (e.g. 10.0.0.2 per this design)

9500-01#

Enter configuration commands, one per line. End with CNTL/Z.

9500-01(config)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01#

Interface     IP-Address OK?   Method Status    Protocol

Vlan1         10.0.1.2         YES DHCP up      up

9500-01#

I.    Navigate to Organization > Monitor > Overview then click on Devices tab to check the current IP addressing for your network devices

Related image, diagram or screenshot

60.   Configure QoS in your Campus LAN: Quality of Service configuration needs to be consistent across the whole Campus LAN. Please refer to the above table as an example. To configure QoS, please follow these steps: ( For the purpose of this CVD, Default traffic shaping rules will be used to mark traffic with DSCP values without setting any traffic limits. Please adjust traffic shaping rules based on your own requirements )

A.     Navigate to Wireless > Configure > Firewall and Traffic Shaping and choose the Acme Corp SSID from the above drop-down menu. Under Traffic Shaping rules , choose the per-client and per-SSID limits desired and select Shape traffic on this SSID then select Enable default traffic shaping rules. Click Save at the bottom of the page when you are done. Click Save at the bottom of the page when you are done.

Related image, diagram or screenshot

B.      Navigate to Wireless > Configure > Firewall and Traffic Shaping and choose the Acme BYOD SSID from the above drop-down menu. Under Traffic Shaping rules , choose the per-client and per-SSID limits desired and select Shape traffic on this SSID then select Enable default traffic shaping rules.

Related image, diagram or screenshot

C.     Navigate to Wireless > Configure > Firewall and Traffic Shaping and choose the Guest SSID from the above drop-down menu. Under Traffic Shaping rules , choose the per-client and per-SSID limits desired and select Shape traffic on this SSID then select Enable default traffic shaping rules. Click  Save at the bottom of the page when you are done.

Related image, diagram or screenshot

D.   Navigate to Wireless > Configure > Firewall and Traffic Shaping and choose the IoT SSID from the above drop-down menu. Under Traffic Shaping rules , choose the per-client and per-SSID limits desired and select Shape traffic on this SSID then select Enable default traffic shaping rules. Click Save at the bottom of the page when you are done.

Related image, diagram or screenshot

E.   Navigate to Switching > Configure > Switch settings and under the Quality of Service menu configure the VLAN to DSCP mappings. Please click on Edit DSCP to CoS map to change settings per your requirements. ( For more information on MS QoS settings and operation, please refer to the following article ) Click Save at the bottom of the page when you are done. (Please note that the ports used in the below example are based on Cisco Webex traffic flow)

Related image, diagram or screenshot

F.   Please ensure that your C9500 Core Stack is configured to trust incoming QoS. Here's a reference of the configuration needed to be applied:

9500-01#

Enter configuration commands, one per line. End with CNTL/Z.

9500-01(config)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

Warning: add service policy will cause inconsistency with port TwentyFiveGigE2/0/23 in ether

channel 1.

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

Warning: add service policy will cause inconsistency with port TwentyFiveGigE2/0/24 in ether

channel 2.

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01#

 

TwentyFiveGigE1/0/1

auto qos trust dscp

 

TwentyFiveGigE1/0/2

auto qos trust dscp

 

TwentyFiveGigE1/0/23

auto qos trust dscp

 

TwentyFiveGigE1/0/24

auto qos trust dscp

 

TwentyFiveGigE2/0/1

auto qos trust dscp

 

TwentyFiveGigE2/0/2

auto qos trust dscp

 

TwentyFiveGigE2/0/23

auto qos trust dscp

 

TwentyFiveGigE2/0/24

auto qos trust dscp

 

9500-01#

G.   Navigate to Security and SD-WAN > Configure > SD-WAN and Traffic shaping and make sure your Uplink configuration matches your WAN speed. Then, under Uplink selection choose the settings that match your requirements (e.g. Load balancing). Under Traffic shaping rules , select Enable default traffic shaping rules then click on Add a new shaping rule to create the rules needed for your network ( for more information about Traffic shaping rules on MX appliances, please refer to the following article ). Please see the following example:

Related image, diagram or screenshot

For more information about any of the above configurations, please refer to Meraki Documentation for further guidance on configuring Etherchannels, stacking, switch ports, SSId configuration and more. Here is a useful MR – Wireless section and a MS – Switching section.

Testing and Verification

The following table indicates the firmware versions used in this Campus LAN:

Device

Firmware Version

Notes

MX 16.16

GA

IOS XE 17.3.4

Stable

MS 15.14

Beta

MS 15.14

Beta

28.6.1

GA

28.30

Beta

Device Connectivity

MX WAN Edge

Upstream Connectivity

Related image, diagram or screenshot

Internet/Cloud Connectivity

Related image, diagram or screenshot

Downstream Connectivity

Related image, diagram or screenshot

C9500 Core Stack

9500-01#

Type escape sequence to abort.

Sending 5, 100-byte ICMP Echos to 10.0.1.1, timeout is 2 seconds:

!!!!!

Success rate is 100 percent (5/5), round-trip min/avg/max = 1/1/1 ms

9500-01#

Internet Connectivity

9500-01#

Type escape sequence to abort.

Sending 5, 100-byte ICMP Echos to 8.8.8.8, timeout is 2 seconds:

!!!!!

Success rate is 100 percent (5/5), round-trip min/avg/max = 5/5/5 ms

9500-01#

Type escape sequence to abort.

Sending 5, 100-byte ICMP Echos to 72.163.4.185, timeout is 2 seconds:

!!!!!

Success rate is 100 percent (5/5), round-trip min/avg/max = 108/110/112 ms

9500-01#

Downstream Connectivity (Please note that the MS390 and C9300-M platforms will prioritize packet forwarding over ICMP echo replies so it's expected behavior that you might get some drops)

9500-01#

Type escape sequence to abort.

Sending 5, 100-byte ICMP Echos to 10.0.1.3, timeout is 2 seconds:

.!!!!

Success rate is 80 percent (4/5), round-trip min/avg/max = 2/2/3 ms

9500-01#

Type escape sequence to abort.

Sending 5, 100-byte ICMP Echos to 10.0.1.4, timeout is 2 seconds:

.!!!!

Success rate is 80 percent (4/5), round-trip min/avg/max = 2/2/4 ms

9500-01#

Type escape sequence to abort.

Sending 5, 100-byte ICMP Echos to 10.0.1.5, timeout is 2 seconds:

!!!!!

Success rate is 100 percent (5/5), round-trip min/avg/max = 1/1/1 ms

9500-01#

Type escape sequence to abort.

Sending 5, 100-byte ICMP Echos to 10.0.1.6, timeout is 2 seconds:

!!!!!

Success rate is 100 percent (5/5), round-trip min/avg/max = 1/1/1 ms

9500-01#

In case of connectivity issues, please check the following:

Item

Expected Configuration/ Status

Verification

Actual Configuration

Access , VLAN 1

DAI Trusted

up/up

sh ip int brief

sh run int

<interface>

sh spanning-tree

int <interface>

!all uplinks!

switchport mode access

ip arp inspection trust

ip dhcp snooping trust

end

!

STP Configuration

 

 

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

Root Guard + UDLD aggressive

Root Guard + UDLD aggressive

Root Guard + UDLD aggressive

Root Guard + UDLD aggressive

sh run int <interface>

!where applicable!

 

udld port aggressive

 

spanning-tree guard root

 

end

 

!

STP status:

FWD

BLK

FWD

BLK

FWD

FWD

sh spanning-tree

int <interface>

!only PHY interfaces!

spanning-tree mode mst

spanning-tree extend system-id

!

spanning-tree mst configuration

name region1

revision 1

!

spanning-tree mst 0 priority 4096

!

DHCP, VLAN 1

sh int vlan1

sh ip route

!

interface Vlan1

ip address dhcp

end

!

sh ip route | in /0

S 0.0.0.0/0 [254/0] via 10.0.1.1

Access, VLAN 1

Navigate to

Trunk, Native

VLAN 1,

Allowed

VLANs

1,10,20,30,40

DAI Trusted

SGT 2 Trusted

No CTS enforcement

sh run int <interface>

!

switchport trunk allowed vlan 1,10,20,30,40

switchport mode trunk

ip arp inspection trust

!

cts manual

policy static sgt 2 trusted

no cts role-based enforcement

!

End

Channel-Group 1

Channel-Group 2

Channel-Group 1

Channel-Group 2

up/up

up/up

sh run int

<interface>

sh

etherchannel <#> sum

sh ip int brief | in

Po

!PHY 23!

channel-group 1 mode active

!PHY 24!

channel-group 2 mode active

!

End

MS390 Access Stack

Related image, diagram or screenshot

C9300 Access Stack

Related image, diagram or screenshot

MR Access Points

Client Connectivity

Related image, diagram or screenshot

802.1x Authentication

802.1x authentication has been tested on both Corp and BYOD SSIDs. Dashboard will be checked to verify the correct IP address assignment and username. Packet captures will also be checked to verify the correct SGT assignment. In the final section, ISE logs will show the authentication status and authorization policy applied.

Client

SSID / Port

Username

VLAN

SGT

Acme Corp

Corp1

10

10

Acme BYOD

Byod1

20

20

MS390-01

Port 6

Corp1

10 (Auth-fail VLAN 30)

10

Related image, diagram or screenshot

Authentication Details

Related image, diagram or screenshot

Please note that the configuration of Cisco ISE is out of scope of this CVD. Please refer to Cisco ISE administration guide for details on configuring policy sets on Cisco ISE. Also, please refer to this for more information on the configuration of Cisco ISE with Cisco Meraki devices.

Wireless roaming

Wireless roaming has been tested between two zones and APs homed to different switch stacks whilst being on a Webex meeting with Audio/Video and Content share. Device and Client details in the following table:

Device Type

Details

Connected to

68:3a:1e:54:0d:48

10.0.1.5

C9300-2 (Stack2)

cc:9c:3e:ec:26:b0

10.0.1.6

MS390-1 (Stack1)

cc:66:0a:3e:44:69

10.0.20.3

AP3_Zone2

AP2_Zone1

(Layer 2 Roaming)

First association

Related image, diagram or screenshot

Second Association (The video overlay is the stream from a Webex meeting while the client was roaming)

Related image, diagram or screenshot

Traffic Flow (Packet #27)

Related image, diagram or screenshot

Webex meeting statistics (Snapshot taken after roaming)

Related image, diagram or screenshot

Dashboard logs

Related image, diagram or screenshot

STP Convergence

STP convergence will be tested using several methods as outlined below. Please see the following table for steady-state of the Campus LAN before testing:

 

 

Bridge ID

STP Status

Master

4096:b0c5.3c60.fba0

Member

4096.40b5.c111.01e0

Master

61440:2c3f.0b04.7e80

STP ROOT

b0:c5:3c:60:fb:a0 (priority 4096)

Member

 

Blocking ports

None

Related image, diagram or screenshot

Introducing loops (Access to Core)

A screenshot of a computerDescription automatically generated

A loop was introduced by adding a link between C9300-01 /NM Port 2 and C9500 Core Stack / Port TwentyFiveGigE1/0/22 (Please note that for the purposes of this test, the interface has been unshut and configured as a Trunk port with Native VLAN 1 with STP guards on that interface).

9500-01#

TwentyFiveGigE1/0/22 unassigned YES unset up up

ow9500-01#

Building configuration...

 

Current configuration : 132 bytes

!

interface TwentyFiveGigE1/0/22

switchport trunk allowed vlan 1,10,20,30,40

switchport mode trunk

spanning-tree guard root

end

 

9500-01#

9500-01#

 

MST0

Spanning tree enabled protocol mstp

Root ID Priority 4096

    Address b0c5.3c60.fba0

    This bridge is the root

    Hello Time 2 sec Max Age 20 sec Forward Delay 15 sec

 

Bridge ID Priority 4096 (priority 4096 sys-id-ext 0)

    Address b0c5.3c60.fba0

    Hello Time 2 sec Max Age 20 sec Forward Delay 15 sec

 

Interface      Role Sts Cost        Prio.Nbr Type

-------------------------------------------------

Twe1/0/1       Desg FWD 2000        128.193 P2p

Twe1/0/2       Desg FWD 2000        128.194 P2p

Twe1/0/22      Desg FWD 2000        128.214 P2p

Twe2/0/1       Back BLK 2000        128.385 P2p

Twe2/0/2       Back BLK 2000        128.386 P2p

Po1            Desg FWD 10000       128.2089 P2p

Po2            Desg FWD 1000        128.2090 P2p

 

Interface Twe1/0/22 is in STP FWD state (As expected since this is the Root bridge)

Related image, diagram or screenshot

Interface 26 is in STP BLK state (As expected since the Ether-channel is in FWD state)

Related image, diagram or screenshot

No impact on traffic flow for wireless clients

Introducing Loops (Access Layer, with STP Guard: Loop Guard)

A screenshot of a computer screenDescription automatically generated

For the purposes of this test and in addition to the previous loop connections, the following ports were connected: MS390-01 / Port 11 < - > C9300-01 / Port 11

Related image, diagram or screenshot

Port 11 on MS390-01 in STP BLK state

Related image, diagram or screenshot

Port 11 on C9300-01 in STP FWD state (Bridge ID: )

Related image, diagram or screenshot

Packet capture on MS390-01 / Port 11 shows that Bridge ID: is relaying the Root bridge BPDUs with Root Bridge ID:

Introducing Loops (Access Layer, without STP Guard)

A screenshot of a computerDescription automatically generated

For the purposes of this test and in addition to the previous loop connections, the following ports were connected:

MS390-02 / Port 12 < - > C9300-02 / Port 12

Related image, diagram or screenshot

MS390-02 / Port 12 is in STP BLK state (Bridge ID: )

Related image, diagram or screenshot

C9300-02 / Port 12 is in STP FWD state (Bridge ID: )

Introducing Loops (Core Layer)

A screenshot of a computerDescription automatically generated

For the purpose of this test and in addition to the previous loop connections, the following ports were connected:

Port Twe1/0/10 to port Twe2/0/10 on the C9500 Core switches.

9500-01#

Building configuration...

Current configuration : 132 bytes

!

interface TwentyFiveGigE1/0/10

switchport trunk allowed vlan 1,10,20,30,40

switchport mode trunk

spanning-tree guard root

end

9500-01#

Building configuration...

Current configuration : 132 bytes

!

interface TwentyFiveGigE2/0/10

switchport trunk allowed vlan 1,10,20,30,40

switchport mode trunk

spanning-tree guard root

end

9500-01#

9500-01#

TwentyFiveGigE1/0/10 unassigned YES unset up up

9500-01#

9500-01#

TwentyFiveGigE2/0/10 unassigned YES unset up up

9500-01#

MST0

Spanning tree enabled protocol mstp

Root ID Priority 4096

      Address b0c5.3c60.fba0

      This bridge is the root

      Hello Time 2 sec Max Age 20 sec Forward Delay 15 sec

Bridge ID Priority 4096 (priority 4096 sys-id-ext 0)

      Address b0c5.3c60.fba0

      Hello Time 2 sec Max Age 20 sec Forward Delay 15 sec

 

Interface      Role Sts Cost        Prio.Nbr Type

------------------------------------------------

Twe1/0/1       Desg FWD 2000        128.193 P2p

Twe1/0/2       Desg FWD 2000        128.194 P2p

Twe1/0/10      Desg BLK 2000        128.202 P2p

Twe1/0/22      Desg FWD 2000        128.214 P2p

Twe2/0/1       Back BLK 2000        128.385 P2p

Twe2/0/2       Back BLK 2000        128.386 P2p

Twe2/0/10      Desg BKN 2000        128.394 P2p ROOT_Inc

Po1            Desg FWD 10000       128.2089 P2p

Po2            Desg FWD 1000        128.2090 P2p

 

9500-01#

Port 394 (TwentyFiveGigE2/0/10) of MST0 is broken (Root Inconsistent)

  Port path cost 2000, Port priority 128, Port Identifier 128.394.

  Designated root has priority 4096, address 4ce1.75b0.ba00

  Designated bridge has priority 8192, address b0c5.3c60.fba0

  Designated port id is 128.394, designated path cost 0

  Timers: message age 4, forward delay 0, hold 0

  Number of transitions to forwarding state: 0

  Link type is point-to-point by default, Internal

  PVST Simulation is enabled by default

  Root guard is enabled on the port

  BPDU: sent 2592, received 5175

9500-01#

Introducing Rogue Bridge in VLAN 1

For the purpose of this test and in addition to the previous loop connections, the Bridge priority on C9300 Stack will be reduced to 4096 (likely root) and increasing the Bridge priority on C9500 to 8192.

●       Downlinks on C9500 are configured with STP Root Guard

●       Access Layer Links (Stack to Stack) are configured with STP Loop Guard + UDLD

9500-01(config)#

9500-01(config)#

9500-01#

MST0

  Spanning tree enabled protocol mstp

  Root ID Priority 8192

      Address b0c5.3c60.fba0

      This bridge is the root

      Hello Time 2 sec Max Age 20 sec Forward Delay 15 sec

Bridge ID Priority 8192 (priority 8192 sys-id-ext 0)

    Address b0c5.3c60.fba0

    Hello Time 2 sec Max Age 20 sec Forward Delay 15 sec

 

Interface     Role Sts Cost           Prio.Nbr Type

Twe1/0/1      Desg FWD 2000           128.193 P2p

Twe1/0/10     Desg FWD 2000           128.202 P2p

Twe1/0/22     Desg FWD 2000           128.214 P2p

Twe2/0/1      Back BLK 2000           128.385 P2p

Twe2/0/10     Desg BKN 2000           128.394 P2p ROOT_Inc

Po1           Desg FWD 10000           128.2089 P2p

Po2           Desg FWD 1000           128.2090 P2p

9500-01#

Related image, diagram or screenshot

9500-01#

MST0

   Spanning tree enabled protocol mstp

   Root ID Priority 8192

      Address b0c5.3c60.fba0

      This bridge is the root

      Hello Time 2 sec Max Age 20 sec Forward Delay 15 sec

Bridge ID Priority 8192 (priority 8192 sys-id-ext 0)

      Address b0c5.3c60.fba0

      Hello Time 2 sec Max Age 20 sec Forward Delay 15 sec

 

Interface            RoleSts Cost         Prio.Nbr Type

--------------------------------------------------------

Twe1/0/1            Desg FWD 2000         128.193 P2p

Twe1/0/2            Desg FWD 2000         128.194 P2p

Twe1/0/10           Desg FWD 2000         128.202 P2p

Twe1/0/22           Desg BKN 2000         128.214 P2p ROOT_Inc

Twe2/0/1            Back BLK 2000         128.385 P2p

Twe2/0/2            Back BLK 2000         128.386 P2p

Twe2/0/10           Desg BKN 2000         128.394 P2p ROOT_Inc

Po1                 Desg FWD 10000        128.2089 P2p

Po2                 Desg FWD 1000         128.2090 P2p

 

9500-01#

9500-01#

  Port 214 (TwentyFiveGigE1/0/22) of MST0 is broken (Root Inconsistent)

  Port path cost 2000, Port priority 128, Port Identifier 128.214.

  Designated root has priority 4096, address 4ce1.75b0.ba00

  Designated bridge has priority 8192, address b0c5.3c60.fba0

  Designated port id is 128.214, designated path cost 0

  Timers: message age 5, forward delay 0, hold 0

  Number of transitions to forwarding state: 2

  Link type is point-to-point by default, Internal

  PVST Simulation is enabled by default

  Root guard is enabled on the port

  BPDU: sent 4611, received 319

9500-01#

C9500 Core Stack is still the Root Bridge (i.e. The root Bridge placement has been enforced).
Downlink to C9300-01 is in

Related image, diagram or screenshot

C9300 Stack is root
All C9300 ports are in FWD state

Related image, diagram or screenshot

C9300 Stack is root for MS390
All MS390 to C9300 are in STP BLK state

Related image, diagram or screenshot

Wireless client traffic flow disrupted for about secs

Reverting all configuration back to original state:

1.     Disconnect and shutdown interface TwentyFiveGigE1/0/22

2.     Disconnect port 11 on MS390-01 and C9300-01 and remove Loop Guard and UDLD

3.     Disconnect port 12 on MS390-02 and C9300-02.

4.     Disconnect and revert port TwentyFiveGigE1/0/10 and TwentyFiveGigE20/10 back to access with VLAN 1 and shutdown

5.     Change MST priority on C9300 stack to 61440

6.     Change MST priority on C9500 Core Stack to 4096

High Availability and Failover

Here's the steady-state physical architecture for reference:

A screenshot of a computerDescription automatically generated

MX WAN Edge Failover

A screenshot of a computerDescription automatically generated

Client traffic was very briefly disrupted during failover event (1 packet drop)

A screenshot of a computerDescription automatically generated

Client traffic disrupted for about secs

C9500 Core Stack Loss of Uplink

A screenshot of a computerDescription automatically generated

For the purpose of this test, ports TwentyFiveGigE1/0/1 and TwentyFiveGigE1/0/2 will be disconnected.

9500-01#

TwentyFiveGigE1/0/1    unassigned      YES unset down    down

TwentyFiveGigE1/0/2    unassigned      YES unset down    down

TwentyFiveGigE2/0/1    unassigned      YES unset up      up

TwentyFiveGigE2/0/2    unassigned      YES unset up      up

9500-01#

Switch/Stack Mac Address : b0c5.3c60.fba0 - Local Mac Address

Mac persistency wait time: Indefinite

                           H/W Current

 

Switch#    Role     Mac Address          Priority   Version   State

-------------------------------------------------------------------

1         Active    b0c5.3c60.fba0       5        V02        Ready

2          Standby  40b5.c111.01e0        1        V02        Ready

 

9500-01#

Related image, diagram or screenshot

C9300 Stack Loss of Uplink

Related image, diagram or screenshot

For the purpose of this test, NM Port 1 on C9300-01 (Master switch) will be disconnected.

Related image, diagram or screenshot

MS390 Stack Loss of Uplink

A screenshot of a computerDescription automatically generated

For the purpose of this test, port 1 on MS390-01 (Master switch) will be disconnected.

Related image, diagram or screenshot

Wireless client traffic to the internet disrupted for about secs

Related image, diagram or screenshot

Wireless client traffic on Campus LAN disrupted for about sec

For the purpose of this test, packet capture will be taken between two clients running a Webex session. Packet capture will be taken on the Edge (i.e. MR wireless and wired interfaces) then on the Access (i.e. the MS390 or C9300 uplink port) then on the MX WAN Downlink and finally on the MX WAN Uplink. The table below shows the testing components and the expected QoS behavior:

Client

Application

Access Point (Wired) Expected QoS

Access Switch Uplink Port Expected QoS

MX Appliance Uplink Port Expected QoS

Webex (UDP 9000)

AP3_Zone2 / AF41 / DSCP 34

C9300-02 (Port 25) / AF41 / DSCP 34

AF41 / DSCP 34

iTunes

AP3_Zone2 / AF21 / DSCP 18

C9300-02 (Port 25) / AF21 / DSCP 18

AF21 / DSCP 18

Webex (UDP 9000)

AP2_Zone1 / AF41 / DSCP 34

MS390-01 (Port 1) / AF41 / DSCP 34

AF41 / DSCP 34

Dropbox

AP2_Zone1 / AF0 / DSCP 0

MS390-01 (Port 1) / AF0 / DSCP 0

AF0 / DSCP 0

Access Point Wireless Port pcaps

Related image, diagram or screenshot

Please note that QoS values in this case could be arbitrary as they are upstream (i.e. Client to AP) unless you have configured Wireless Profiles on the client devices. Please check the following for more details on creating Wireless Profiles and using FastLane with Meraki Systems Manager.

Related image, diagram or screenshot

Access Point Wired Port pcaps

Related image, diagram or screenshot

Access Switch Uplink pcaps

Related image, diagram or screenshot

MX appliance Downlink pcaps

Related image, diagram or screenshot

MX Appliance Uplink pcaps

Related image, diagram or screenshot

This option is similar to the above except that the default VLAN 1 does not exist and the Native VLAN is replaced with another non-trivial VLAN assignment which can be considered a more preferable option for customers as it's separate from the Management VLAN. Also, a Transit VLAN has been introduced between the C9500 Core Stack and the MX WAN Edge to facilitate the separation between Management traffic (VLAN 100) and Client Traffic (Transit VLAN 192)

It is recommended to run the same STP protocol across all switches (MST in this case). Running any other protocol on Catalyst (e.g. PVST) can introduce undesired behavior and can be more difficult to troubleshoot.

Running PVST/PVST+ on Catalyst in this design will result in very slow STP convergence and create an inconsistent STP domain due to the fact that PVST/PVST+ backward compatible BPDUs only run in VLAN 1 whereas Meraki switches will send 802.1D BPDUs in the Native VLAN

You should consider this option if you need to steer away from having VLAN 1 in your Campus LAN. Here's some things to consider about this design option:

●       Considered more secure due to separation between Management traffic and Client traffic

●       Different STP protocols on Cloud Managed and Cloud Monitored Catalyst Switches

Since STP will be used as a loop prevention mechanism, all SVIs will be created on the collapsed core layer with the exception of the Management (aka Infrastructure VLAN) and Transit VLAN.

Logical Architecture

A screenshot of a computerDescription automatically generated

Physical Architecture

A screenshot of a computerDescription automatically generated

●       VLAN 1 should not be configured on any switchport in this Campus LAN

●       It is assumed that VLANs are spanning across multiple zones

●       Corporate SSID (Broadcast in all zones ) users are assigned VLAN 10 on all APs. CoA VLAN is VLAN 30 (Via Cisco ISE)

●       BYOD SSID ( Broadcast in all zones ) users are assigned VLAN 20 on all APs. CoA VLAN is VLAN 30 (Via Cisco ISE)

●       Guest SSID ( Broadcast in all zones ) users are assigned VLAN 30 on all APs

●       IoT SSID ( Broadcast in all zones ) users are assigned VLAN 40 on all APs

●       MS390-M Access Switches physically stacked together

●       C9300-M Access Switches physically stacked together

●       Network devices will be assigned fixed IPs from the management VLAN DHCP pool. Default Gateway is 10.0.100.1

Network Segments

Network Segment

VLAN ID

Subnet

Default Gateway

Notes

100

10.0.100.0/24

10.0.100.1

SVI hosted on edge MX

192

192.168.0.0/24

192.168.0.1

SVI hosted on edge MX

10

10.0.10.0/24

10.0.10.1

SVI hosted on core switches

20

10.0.20.0/24

10.0.20.1

SVI hosted on core switches

30

10.0.30.0/24

10.0.30.1

SVI hosted on core switches

40

10.0.40.0/24

10.0.40.1

SVI hosted on core switches

In this example, the Infrastructure VLAN has been created on the Edge MX. Alternatively, you can create the SVI on the C9500 Core Stack

Quality of Service

Application

MR

Access Switches

Core Switches

EF

DSCP 46

AC_Vo

Trust incoming values

DSCP 46

CoS 5

Trust incoming values

AF41

DSCP 34

AC_VI

Trust incoming values

DSCP 34

CoS 4

Trust incoming values

AF21

DSCP 18

AC_BE

Trust incoming values

DSCP 18

CoS 2

Trust incoming values

AF11

DSCP 10

AC_BK

Trust incoming values

DSCP 10

CoS 1

Trust incoming values

Please note that the above table is for illustration purposes only. Please configure QoS based on your network requirements. Refer to the following articles for more information on traffic shaping and QoS settings on Meraki devices:

Device

Name

Management IP address

Notes

Primary WAN Edge

Spare WAN Edge

10.0.100.1

warm-spare

C9500-01

C9500-02

10.0.100.2

Stackwise Virtual (C9500-Core-Stack)

MS390-01

MS390-02

10.0.100.3

Physical Stacking (Stack1-MS390)

C9300-01

C9300-02

100.100.4

Physical Stacking (Stack2-C9300)

AP1_Zone1

10.0.100.5

Tag = Zone1

AP2_Zone1

10.0.100.6

Tag = Zone1

AP3_Zone2

10.0.100.7

Tag = Zone2

AP4_Zone2

10.0.100.8

Tag = Zone2

Access Policy Name

Purpose

Configuration

Notes

802.1x Authentication via Cisco ISE for wired clients that support 802.1x

Authentication method = my Radius server

Radius CoA = enabled

Host mode = Single-Host

Access Policy type = 802.1x

Guest VLAN = 30

Failed Auth VLAN = 30

Critical Auth VLAN = 30

Suspend Port Bounce = Enabled

Voice Clients = Bypass authentication

Walled Garden = enabled

Cisco ISE authentication and posture checks

MAB Authentication via Cisco ISE for wired clients that do not support 802.1x

Authentication method = my Radius server

Radius CoA = disabled

Host mode = Single-Host

Access Policy type = MAC authentication bypass

Guest VLAN = 30

Failed Auth VLAN = 30

Critical Auth VLAN = 30

Suspect Port Bounce = Enabled

Voice Clients = Bypass authentication

Walled Garden = disabled

Cisco ISE authentication

Port details

Device name

Port

Far-end

Notes

1

WAN1

 

VIP1

2

WAN2

 

VIP2

19

9500-01 (PortTwe1/0/1)

Trunk (Native VLAN 100)

Allowed VLANs 100, 192

Downlink

20

9500-02 (PortTwe2/0/1)

Trunk (Native VLAN 100)

Allowed VLANs 100, 192

Downlink

19

9500-01 (Port Twe1/0/2)

Trunk (Native VLAN 100)

Allowed VLANs 100, 192

Downlink

20

9500-02 (Port Twe2/0/2)

Trunk (Native VLAN 100)

Allowed VLANs 100, 192

Downlink

Twe1/0/1

Primary WAN Edge (Port 19)

switchport mode trunk

switchport trunk native vlan 100

switchport trunk allowed vlan 100,192

Uplink

Twe1/0/2

Spare WAN Edge (Port 19)

switchport mode trunk

switchport trunk native vlan 100

switchport trunk allowed vlan 100,192

Uplink

Twe2/0/1

Primary WAN Edge (Port 20)

switchport mode trunk

switchport trunk native vlan 100

switchport trunk allowed vlan 100,192

Uplink

Twe2/0/2

Spare WAN Edge (Port 20)

switchport mode trunk

switchport trunk native vlan 100

switchport trunk allowed vlan 100,192

Uplink

Twe1/0/23

MS390-01 (Port 1)

switchport mode trunk

switchport trunk native vlan 100

switchport trunk allowed vlans 10,20,30,40, 100

channel-group 1 mode active

spanning-tree guard root

auto qos trust dscp

policy static sgt 2 trusted

Downlink

Twe1/0/24

C9300-01 (Port 1)

switchport mode trunk

switchport trunk native vlan 100

switchport trunk allowed vlans 10,20,30,40,100

channel-group 2 mode active

spanning-tree guard root

auto qos trust dscp

policy static sgt 2 trusted

Downlink

Twe2/0/23

MS390-02 (Port 1)

switchport mode trunk

switchport trunk native vlan 100

switchport trunk allowed vlans

10,20,30,40,100

channel-group 1 mode active

spanning-tree guard root

auto qos trust dscp

policy static sgt 2 trusted

Downlink

Twe2/0/24

C9300-02 (Port 1)

switchport mode trunk

switchport trunk native vlan 100

switchport trunk allowed vlans 10,20,30,40,100

channel-group 2 mode active

spanning-tree guard root

auto qos trust dscp

policy static sgt 2 trusted

Downlink

Hu1/0/25

C9500-02 (Port Hu2/0/26)

stackwise-virtual link 1

Stackwise Virtual

Hu1/0/26

C9500-02 (Port Hu2/0/25)

stackwise-virtual link 1

Stackwise Virtual

Hu2/0/25

C9500-01 (PortHu1/0/26)

stackwise-virtual link 1

Stackwise Virtual

Hu2/0/26

C9500-01 (PortHu1/0/25)

stackwise-virtual link 1

Stackwise Virtual

5-8

Wired Clients

Access (Data VLAN 10)

Access Policy = Wired-1x

PoE Enabled

STP BPDU Guard

Tag = Wired Clients 802.1x

AdP: Corp

For wired clients supporting 802.1x

9-12

Wired Clients

Access (Data VLAN 10)

Access Policy = MAB

PoE Enabled

STP BPDU Guard

Tag = Wired Clients MAB

AdP: Corp

For wired clients that do not support 802.1x

13-16

MR

Trunk (Native VLAN 100)

PoE Enabled

STP BPDU Guard

Tag = MR WLAN

Peer SGT Capable

AdP: Infrastructure

Allowed VLANs:

10,20,30,40,100

1

9500-01 (Port Twe1/0/23)

Trunk (Native VLAN 100)

PoE Disabled

Name: Core 1

Tag = Uplink

Peer SGT Capable

AdP: Infrastructure

Allowed VLANs:

10,20,30,40,100

1

9500-02 (Port Twe2/0/23)

Trunk (Native VLAN 100)

PoE Disabled

Name: Core 2

Tag = Uplink

Peer SGT Capable

AdP: Infrastructure

Allowed VLANs:

10,20,30,40,100

C9300-01 /

C9300-NM-8X / 1

9500-01 (Port Twe1/0/24)

Trunk (Native VLAN 100)

PoE Disabled

Name: Core 1

Tag = Uplink

Peer SGT Capable

AdP: Infrastructure

Allowed VLANs:

10,20,30,40,100

C9300-02 /

C9300-NM-8X / 1

C9500-02 (Port Twe2/0/24)

Trunk (Native VLAN 100)

PoE Disabled

Name: Core 2

Tag = Uplink

Peer SGT Capable

AdP: Infrastructure

Allowed VLANs:

10,20,30,40,100

SSID Name

Broadcast

Configuration

Notes

Firewall and Traffic Shaping

All APs

Association = Enterprise with my Radius server

Encryption = WPA2 only

Splash Page = Cisco ISE

Radius CoA = Enabled

SSID mode = Bridge mode

VLAN Tagging = 10 (ISE Override)

AdP Group = 10:Corp

Radius override = Enabled

Mandatory DHCP = Enabled

Layer 2 isolation = Disabled

Allow Clients access LAN = Allow

Traffic Shaping = Enabled with default settings

Cisco ISE Authentication and posture checks (172.31.16.32/1812)

Layer 2 Isolation = Disabled

Allow Access to LAN = Enabled

Per-Client Bandwidth Limit = 50Mbps

Per-SSID Bandwidth Limit = Unlimited

Enable Default Traffic Shaping rules

SIP - EF (DSCP 46)

Software Updates - AF11 (DSCP 10)

Webex and Skype - AF41 (DSCP 34)

All Video and Music - AF21 (DSCP 18)

All APs

Association = Enterprise with my Radius server

Encryption = WPA2 only

802.11w = Enabled

Splash Page = Cisco ISE

SSID mode = Bridge mode

VLAN Tagging = 20

AdP Group = 20:BYOD

Radius override = Disabled

Mandatory DHCP = Enabled

Layer 2 isolation = Disabled

Allow Clients access LAN = Allow

Traffic Shaping = Enabled with default settings

Cisco ISE Authentication (via Azure AD) and posture checks.

Dynamic GP assignment (Radius attribute = Airospace-ACLNAME)

Layer 2 Isolation = Disabled

Allow Access to LAN = Enabled

Per-Client Bandwidth Limit = 50Mbps

Per-SSID Bandwidth

Limit = Unlimited

Enable Default Traffic Shaping rules

SIP - EF (DSCP 46)

Software Updates - AF11 (DSCP 10)

Webex and Skype - AF41 (DSCP 34)

All Video and Music - AF21 (DSCP 18)

All APs

Association = Enterprise with my Radius server

Encryption = WPA1 and WPA2

802.11w = Enabled

Splash Page = Click-Through

SSID mode = Bridge mode

VLAN Tagging = 30

AdP Group = 30:Guest

Radius override = Disabled

Mandatory DHCP = Enabled

Layer 2 isolation = Enabled

Allow Clients access LAN = Deny

Per SSID limit = 100Mbps

Traffic Shaping = Enabled with default settings

Meraki Authentication

Layer 2 Isolation = Enabled

Allow Access to LAN = Disabled

Per-Client Bandwidth Limit = 5Mbps

Per-SSID Bandwidth Limit = 100Mbps

Enable Default Traffic Shaping rules

SIP - EF (DSCP 46)

Software Updates - AF11 (DSCP 10)

Webex and Skype - AF41 (DSCP 34)

All Video and Music - AF21 (DSCP 18)

All APs

Association = identity PSK with Radius

Encryption = WPA1 and WPA2

802.11r = Disabled

802.11w = Disabled

Splash Page = None

Radius CoA = Disabled

SSID mode = Bridge mode

VLAN Tagging = 40

AdP Group = 40:IoT

Radius override = Disabled

Mandatory DHCP = Enabled

Allow Clients access LAN = Deny

Per SSID limit = 10Mbps

Traffic Shaping = Enabled with default settings

Cisco ISE is queried at association time to obtain a passphrase for a device based on its MAC address.

Dynamic GP assignment (Radius attribute Filter-Id)

Layer 2 Isolation = Disabled

Allow Access to LAN = Enabled

Per-Client Bandwidth Limit = 5Mbps

Per-SSID Bandwidth Limit = Unlimited

Enable Default Traffic Shaping rules

SIP - EF (DSCP 46)

Software Updates - AF11 (DSCP 10)

Webex and Skype - AF41 (DSCP 34)

All Video and Music - AF21 (DSCP 18)

The above configuration is for illustration purposes only. Please configure your SSIDs based on your own requirements (mode, IP assignment, etc.) Please note that Adaptive Policy on MR requires MR-ADV license. For more information about the requirements, please refer to this .

The following section will take you through the steps to amend your design by removing VLAN 1 and creating the desired new Native VLAN (e.g. VLAN 100) across your Campus LAN. The steps below should not be followed in isolation as first you have to complete the configuration of your Campus LAN based on the above previous section. The below steps are meant to replace VLAN 1 in your Campus LAN with a new one.

It is vital to follow the below steps in chronological order. This is to avoid loss of connectivity to downstream devices and consequently the requirement to do a . This will result in traffic interruption. It is therefore recommended to do this in a maintenance window where applicable.

1.      Login to your dashboard account

2.      MX Addressing and VLANs ; Navigate to Security and SD-WAN > Configure > Addressing and VLANs , then click on VLANs then click on Add VLAN to add your new infrastructure and Transit VLANs then click on Create . Please do not delete the existing VLAN 1 yet. Then, click on Save at the bottom of the page.

Related image, diagram or screenshot

●       As seen above, VLAN 1 needs to be kept at this stage to avoid losing connectivity to all downstream devices .

3.      MX Addressing and VLANs: Navigate to Security and SD-WAN > Configure > DHCP , then under VLAN 100 AND 192 click on Fixed IP assignments and add entries for your network devices. (Tip: You can copy the MAC addresses from VLAN 1 and make sure to add the correct IP assignment to them). Then, click on Save at the bottom of the page.

Related image, diagram or screenshot

4.      Create VLAN 100 and 192 on your C9500 Core Stack

Switch>

Switch#

Enter configuration commands, one per line. End with CNTL/Z.

9500-02(config)#

9500-02(config-if)#

9500-02(config-if)#

9500-02(config)#

9500-02(config-if)#

9500-02(config-if)#

9500-02(config)#

9500-02(config-if)#

9500-02(config)#

9500-02(config-if)#

9500-02(config-if)#

9500-02#

Building configuration...

[OK]

5.      Navigate to Switching > Configure > Switch ports and filter for MR (if you have tagged the ports accordingly, otherwise select your downlink ports manually), then change the Native VLAN on these switchports from Native VLAN 1 to Native VLAN 100 . Also, please add VLAN 100 to the list of Allowed VLANs and remove VLAN 1 from the allowed list of VLANs. Then, click on Save at the bottom of the page.

Related image, diagram or screenshot

●       Please note that this will cause disruption to client traffic

6.      Navigate to Switching > Monitor > Switches and click on the first master switch then change the IP address settings from Static to DHCP and please leave the VLAN field blank . ( DO NOT add VLAN 100 at this stage). Then, click on Save at the bottom of the window. Please repeat this for all master switches in your network.

Related image, diagram or screenshot

●       As seen from the above screen shot, the VLAN value has been kept empty at this stage

7.      On your C9500 Core Stack, add an MST instance in VLAN 100 and VLAN 192

9500-01(config)#

9500-01(config-mst)#

9500-01(config-mst)#

9500-01(config-mst)#

9500-01(config-mst)#

9500-01(config-mst)#

9500-01(config)#

9500-01(config)#

9500-01(config)#

9500-01#

Building configuration... [OK]

9500-01#

8.      Navigate to Switching > Monitor > Switch ports and filter for uplink (if you have tagged the ports accordingly, otherwise select your uplink ports manually), then change the Native VLAN on these switchports from Native VLAN 1 to Native VLAN 100 . Also, please add VLAN 100 to the list of Allowed VLANs and remove VLAN 1 from the allowed list of VLANs. Then, click on Save at the bottom of the page.

Related image, diagram or screenshot

●       Please note that this will cause the Access Stacks to go offline on the Meraki dashboard

9.      On your C9500 Core Stack, change the Native VLAN on your downlink Port-channels to VLAN 100

9500-01(config)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config)#

9500-01#

Building configuration...

[OK]

9500-01#

10.   Shutdown all uplinks from C9500 Core Stack to Port 19 and 20 on your Secondary WAN Edge appliance to avoid having a dual-active situation.

9500-01(config)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config)#

9500-01#

11.   MX Addressing and VLANs : Navigate to Security and SD-WAN > Configure > Addressing and VLANs , then under Per-port settings, change the Native VLAN on your downlinks to VLAN 100 and allow both VLAN 100 and 192 .

Related image, diagram or screenshot

12.   On your C9500 Core Stack, change the Native VLAN on your uplink to VLAN 100 and allow VLANs 100 and 192 (Please note that you will need to connect to your C9500 Core Stack via console access since VLAN 1 does not exist anymore on the upstream device which is the MX WAN Edge in this case):

9500-01(config)#

9500-01(config)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config)#

9500-01#

Building configuration...

[OK]

9500-01#

13.   On your C9500 Core Stack, create a default route for your SVI interfaces:

9500-01(config)#

9500-01(config)#

9500-01#

Building configuration...

[OK]

9500-01#

14.   Adjust your Static Routes on the MX to point to the transit VLAN instead of VLAN 1. Navigate to Security and SD-WAN > Configure > Addressing and VLANs and under Static routes click on a static route to change the next-hop. Please repeat that for all your static routes. Then, click on Save at the bottom of the page:

Related image, diagram or screenshot

15.   Wait for your Access Switches to come back online and acquire an IP address in the new Native VLAN 100. Then, proceed to the next step.

16.   Now your switches should have acquired an IP address per the fixed IP assignment configuration. Navigate to Switching > Monitor > Switches then click on the first master switch and then change the IP address settings to static. Then, click on Save at the bottom of the window. Repeat this for all master switches in your network.

Related image, diagram or screenshot

●       Please repeat the above step for all stacks in your network

17.   Navigate to your Primary WAN Edge device and ping 10.0.100.2 to make sure that it is reachable via VLAN 100. Then proceed to the next step.

18.   Unshut the uplinks on your C9500 Core Stack to the Secondary WAN Edge appliance:

19.   Verify that all your devices have come back online and acquired an IP address in the new Management VLAN. Navigate to Organization > Monitor > Overview then click on the devices tab:

Related image, diagram or screenshot

20.   Navigate to Switching > Configure > Switch settings then change the Management VLAN configuration to VLAN 100. Then, click on Save at the bottom of the page.

Related image, diagram or screenshot

21.   Delete VLAN 1 from your MX appliance. Navigate to Security and SD-WAN > Configure > Addressing and VLANs and select the old Management VLAN 1 and then click on Delete . Then, click on Save at the bottom of the page.

Related image, diagram or screenshot

22.   Where applicable - Please remember to adjust any routing between your Campus LAN and remote servers (e.g. Cisco ISE for 802.1x auth) as in this case devices will use the new Management VLAN 100 as the source of Radius requests. To verify that you have connectivity to your remote servers, Navigate to Wireless > Monitor > Access points then click on any AP and from the Tools section ping your remote server. Repeat this process from one of your switches.

Related image, diagram or screenshot

●       With the current scope of the design, Cisco ISE resides in AWS and is reachable via AutoVPN which terminates on the vMX in AWS as well. As such, it was required to add a route on the VPC to 10.0.100.0/24 pointing to the vMX

●       Also, please ensure that the new Management VLAN has been enabled with AutoVPN by navigating to Security and SD-WAN > Configure > Site-to-site VPN and ensure that VLAN 100 is enabled.

23.   Where applicable - Please remember to adjust your Radius server configuration (e.g. Cisco ISE) as the Network devices now are grouped in a new Management VLAN 100. Please see the below example for Cisco ISE:

Related image, diagram or screenshot

This option assumes that your OSPF domain is extended all the way to your core layer and thus there is no need to rely on STP between your Access and Core for convergence (as long as there are separate broadcast domains between Access and Core). It offers fast convergence since it relies on ECMP rather than STP layer 2 paths. However, it doesn't offer great flexibility in your VLAN design as each VLAN cannot span between multiple stacks/closets.

●       Complete end to end separation between Management traffic and Client traffic

●       Forces Layer 3 roaming across the Campus LAN

●       Additional VLANs needed to route traffic between Campus LAN layers (aka Transit VLAN)

The following diagram shows the logical architecture for Layer 3 convergence within a campus LAN design leveraging Cloud Managed and Cloud Monitored Catalyst platform components:

Logical Architecture

●       It is assumed that Wireless roaming is required only within a specific Campus Zone

●       It is assumed that VLANs are NOT spanning across multiple zones

●       There will be NO use of VLAN 1 across the Campus LAN

●       Corporate SSID ( Broadcast in all zones ) users are assigned VLAN 11/12 based on the AP zone.

●       BYOD SSID ( Broadcast in all zones ) users are assigned VLAN 21/22 based on the AP zone.

●       Guest SSID ( Broadcast in Zone1 ) users are assigned VLAN 30 on all APs in that zone

●       IoT SSID ( Broadcast in zone2 ) users are assigned VLAN 40 on all APs in that Zone

●       Access Switches will be running Layer 3 ( SVIs and DHCP )

●       Access Switch uplinks are in trunk mode with native VLAN = VLAN 1 (Management VLAN)

●       Network devices will be assigned fixed IPs from the management VLAN DHCP pool. Default Gateway will vary based on the Zone and stack.

Network Segment

VLAN ID

Subnet

Default Gateway

Notes

(Core)

3

10.0.3.0/24

10.0.3.1

SVI hosted on edge MX

(Stack1)

100

10.0.100.0/24

10.0.100.1

SVI hosted on edge MX

(Stack2)

200

10.0.200.0/24

10.0.200.1

SVI hosted on edge MX

Devices
(Wireless and Wired)

11

10.0.11.0/24

10.0.11.1

SVI hosted on Access switches (Zone 1)

12

10.0.12.0/24

10.0.12.1

Wireless Devices

21

10.0.21.0/24

10.0.21.1

SVI hosted on Access switches (Zone 2)

22

10.0.22.0/24

10.0.22.1

 

Wireless Devices

30

10.0.30.0/24

10.0.30.1

SVI hosted on Access switches (Zone 1)

Wireless Devices

40

10.0.40.0/24

10.0.40.1

SVI hosted on Access switches (Zone 2)

Please size your subnets based on your own requirements. The above table is for illustration purposes only.

Application

MR

Access switches

Core switches

MX Appliance

EF

DSCP 46

AC_Vo

Trust incoming values

DSCP 46

CoS 5

Trust incoming values

EF

DSCP 45

LLQ

Unlimited

AF41

DSCP 34

AC_VI

Trust incoming values

DSCP 34

CoS 4

Trust incoming values

Af41

DSCP 34

High Priority

AF21

DSCP 18

AC_BE

Trust incoming values

DSCP 18

CoS 2

Trust incoming values

AF21

DSCP 18

Medium Priority

5Mbps / Client

AF11

DSCP 10

AC_BK

Trust incoming values

DSCP 10

CoS 1

Trust incoming values

AF11

DSCP 10

Low Priority

10Mbps / Client

Device List

Device

Name

Management IP address

Notes

Primary WAN Edge

Spare WAN Edge

10.0.3.1

warm-spare

C9500-01

C9500-02

10.0.3.2

Stackwise Virtual (C9500-Core-Stack)

MS390-01

MS390-02

10.0.100.2

Physical Stacking (Stack1-MS390)

C9300-01

C9300-02

10.0.200.2

Physical Stacking (Stack2-C9300)

AP1_Zone1

10.0.100.3

Tag = Zone1

AP2_Zone1

10.0.100.4

Tag = Zone1

AP3_Zone2

10.0.200.3

Tag = Zone2

AP4_Zone2

10.0.200.4

Tag = Zone2

Access Policy Name

Purpose

Configuration

Notes

802.1x Authentication via Cisco ISE for wired clients that support 802.1x

Authentication method = my Radius server

Radius CoA = enabled

Host mode = Single-Host

Access Policy type = 802.1x

Suspend Port Bounce = Enabled

Voice Clients = Bypass

authentication

Walled Garden = enabled

Cisco ISE authentication and posture checks

MAB Authentication via Cisco ISE for wired clients that do not support 802.1x

Authentication method = my Radius server

Radius CoA = disabled

Host mode = Single-Host

Access Policy type = MAC authentication bypass

Suspect Port Bounce = Enabled

Voice Clients = Bypass

authentication

Walled Garden = disabled

Cisco ISE authentication

Device Name

Port

Far-end

Port details

Notes

 

 

 

 

19

9500-01 (port Twe1/0/1)

Trunk (Native VLAN 3)

Downlink, allowed VLANs  3, 100, 200, 1923

20

9500-02 (port Twe2/0/1)

Trunk (Native VLAN 3)

Downlink, allowed VLANs  3, 100, 200, 1923

19

9500-01 (port Twe1/0/2)

Trunk (Native VLAN 3)

Downlink, allowed VLANs  3, 100, 200, 1923

20

9500-02 (port Twe2/0/2)

Trunk (Native VLAN 3)

Downlink, allowed VLANs 3, 100, 200, 1923

Twe1/0/1

Primary WAN Edge (Port 19)

switchport mode trunk

switchport trunk native vlan 3

switchport trunk allowed vlan 3,100,200,1923

auto qos trust dscp

policy static sgt 2 trusted

Uplink

Twe1/0/2

Spare WAN Edge (Port 19)

switchport mode trunk

switchport trunk native vlan 3

switchport trunk allowed vlan 3,100,200,1923

auto qos trust dscp

policy static sgt 2 trusted

Uplink

Twe2/0/1

Primary WAN Edge (Port 20)

switchport mode trunk

switchport trunk native vlan 3

switchport trunk allowed vlan 3,100,200,1923

auto qos trust dscp

policy static sgt 2 trusted

Uplink

Twe2/0/2

Spare WAN Edge (Port 20)

switchport mode trunk

switchport trunk native vlan 3

switchport trunk allowed vlan 3,100,200,1923

auto qos trust dscp

policy static sgt 2 trusted

Uplink

Twe1/0/23

MS390-01 (Port 1)

switchport mode trunk

switchport trunk native vlan 100

switchport trunk allowed vlan 100,1921

channel-group 1 mode active

spanning-tree guard root

auto qos trust dscp

policy static sgt 2 trusted

Downlink

Twe1/0/24

C9300-01 (Port 1)

switchport mode trunk

switchport trunk native vlan 200

switchport trunk allowed vlan 200,1922

channel-group 2 mode active

spanning-tree guard root

auto qos trust dscp

policy static sgt 2 trusted

Downlink

Twe2/0/23

MS390-02 (Port 1)

switchport mode trunk

switchport trunk native vlan 100

switchport trunk allowed

vlan 100,1921

channel-group 1 mode active

spanning-tree guard root

auto qos trust dscp

policy static sgt 2 trusted

Downlink

Twe2/0/24

C9300-02 (Port 1)

switchport mode trunk

switchport trunk native vlan 200

switchport trunk allowed

vlan 200,1922

channel-group 2 mode active

spanning-tree guard root

auto qos trust dscp

policy static sgt 2 trusted

Downlink

Hu1/0/25

C9500-02 (Port Hu2/0/26)

stackwise-virtual link 1

Stackwise Virtual

Hu1/0/26

C9500-02 (Port Hu2/0/25)

stackwise-virtual link 1

Stackwise Virtual

Hu2/0/25

C9500-01 (Port Hu1/0/26)

stackwise-virtual link 1

Stackwise Virtual

Hu2/0/26

C9500-01 (Port Hu1/0/25)

stackwise-virtual link 1

Stackwise Virtual

5-8

Wired Clients

"Access (Data VLAN 11/12)

Access Policy = Wired-1x

PoE Enabled

STP BPDU Guard

Tag = Wired Clients 802.1x

AdP: Corp"

For wired clients supporting 802.1x

9-12

Wired Clients

Access (Data VLAN 11/12)

Access Policy = MAB

PoE Enabled

STP BPDU Guard

Tag = Wired Clients MAB

AdP: Corp

For wired clients that do not support 802.1x

13-16

MR

Trunk (Native VLAN 100/200)

PoE Enabled

STP BPDU Guard

Tag = MR WLAN

Peer SGT Capable

AdP: Infrastructure

Allowed VLANs: 11/12, 21/22, 30 or 40, 100/200

1

9500-01 (port Twe1/0/23)

Trunk (Native VLAN 100)

PoE Disabled

Name: Core 1

Tag = Uplink

Peer SGT Capable

AdP: Infrastructure

Allowed VLANs: 100,1921

1

9500-02 (Port Twe2/0/23)

Trunk (Native VLAN 100)

PoE Disabled

Name: Core 2

Tag = Uplink

Peer SGT Capable

AdP: Infrastructure

Allowed VLANs: 100,1921

C9300-01 / C9300-NM-8X / 1

9500-01 (Port Twe1/0/24)

Trunk (Native VLAN 200)

PoE Disabled

Name: Core 1

Tag = Uplink

Peer SGT Capable

AdP: Infrastructure

Allowed VLANs: 200,1922

C9300-02 / C9300-NM-8X / 1

9500-02 (Port Twe2/0/24)

Trunk (Native VLAN 200)

PoE Disabled

Name: Core 2

Tag = Uplink

Peer SGT Capable

AdP: Infrastructure

Allowed VLANs: 200,1922

Wireless SSID List

SSID Name

Broadcast

Configuration

Notes

Firewall and Traffic Shaping

All APs

Association = Enterprise with my Radius server

Encryption = WPA2 only

Splash Page = Cisco ISE

Radius CoA = Enabled

SSID mode = Bridge mode

VLAN Tagging = 11/12 (based on AP tag)

AdP Group = 10:Corp

Radius override = Enabled

Mandatory DHCP = Enabled

Layer 2 isolation = Disabled

Allow Clients access LAN = Allow

Traffic Shaping = Enabled with default settings

Cisco ISE Authentication and posture checks (172.31.16.32/1812)

Layer 2 Isolation = Disabled

Allow Access to LAN = Enabled

Per-Client Bandwidth Limit = 50Mbps

Per-SSID Bandwidth Limit = Unlimited

Enable Default Traffic Shaping rules

SIP - EF (DSCP 46)

Software Updates - AF11 (DSCP 10)

Webex and Skype - AF41 (DSCP 34)

All Video and Music - AF21 (DSCP 18)

All APs

Association = Enterprise with my Radius server

Encryption = WPA2 only

802.11w = Enabled

Splash Page = Cisco ISE

SSID mode = Bridge mode

VLAN Tagging = 21/22

(based on AP tag)

AdP Group = 20:BYOD

Radius override = Disabled

Mandatory DHCP = Enabled

Layer 2 isolation = Disabled

Allow Clients access LAN = Allow

Traffic Shaping = Enabled with default settings

Cisco ISE Authentication (via Azure AD) and posture checks.

Dynamic GP assignment (Radius attribute = Airospace-ACLNAME)

Layer 2 Isolation = Disabled

Allow Access to LAN = Enabled

Per-Client Bandwidth Limit = 50Mbps

Per-SSID Bandwidth Limit = Unlimited

Enable Default Traffic Shaping rules

SIP - EF (DSCP 46)

Software Updates - AF11 (DSCP 10)

Webex and Skype - AF41 (DSCP 34)

All Video and Music - AF21 (DSCP 18)

Zone1

Association = Enterprise with my Radius server

Encryption = WPA1 and WPA2

802.11w = Enabled

Splash Page = Click Through

SSID mode = Bridge mode

VLAN Tagging = 30

AdP Group = 30:Guest

Radius override = Disabled

Mandatory DHCP = Enabled

Layer 2 isolation = Enabled

Allow Clients access LAN = Deny

Per SSID limit = 100Mbps

Traffic Shaping = Enabled

with default settings

Meraki Authentication

Allow Access to LAN = Disabled

Per-Client Bandwidth Limit = 5Mbps

Per-SSID Bandwidth Limit = 100Mbps

Enable Default Traffic Shaping rules

SIP - EF (DSCP 46)

Software Updates - AF11 (DSCP 10)

Webex and Skype - AF41 (DSCP 34)

All Video and Music - AF21 (DSCP 18)

Zone2

Association = identity PSK with Radius

Encryption = WPA1 and WPA2

802.11r = Disabled

802.11w = Disabled

Splash Page = None

Radius CoA = Disabled

SSID mode = Bridge mode

VLAN Tagging = 40

AdP Group = 40:IoT

Radius override = Disabled

Mandatory DHCP = Enabled

Allow Clients access LAN = Deny

Per SSID limit = 10Mbps

Traffic Shaping = Enabled with default settings

Cisco ISE is queried at association time to obtain a passphrase for a device based on its MAC address.

Dynamic GP assignment (Radius attribute Filter-Id)

Layer 2 Isolation = Disabled

Allow Access to LAN = Enabled

Per-Client Bandwidth Limit = 5Mbps

Per-SSID Bandwidth Limit = Unlimited

Enable Default Traffic Shaping rules

SIP - EF (DSCP 46)

Software Updates - AF11 (DSCP 10)

Webex and Skype - AF41 (DSCP 34)

All Video and Music - AF21 (DSCP 18)

      The above configuration is for illustration purposes only. Please configure your SSIDs based on your own requirements (mode, IP assignment, etc.).

      Please note that Adaptive Policy on MR requires MR-ADV license. For more information about the requirements, please refer to this document.

Configuration and Implementation Guidelines

It is assumed that by this stage, Catalyst devices have been added to dashboard for either Monitoring (e.g. C9500) and/or Management (e.g. C9300). For more information, please refer to the above section.

Before proceeding, please make sure that you have the appropriate licenses claimed into your dashboard account.

Related image, diagram or screenshot

5.      Create a Dashboard Network: Navigate to Organization > Configure > Create network to create a network for your Campus LAN (Or use an existing network if you already have one). If you are creating a new network, please choose "Combined" as this will facilitate a single topology diagram for your Campus LAN. Choose a name (e.g. Campus) and then click Create network

Related image, diagram or screenshot

7.      Schedule Firmware Upgrade : Navigate to Organization > Configure > Firmware upgrades to select the firmware for your devices such that devices upgrade once they connect to dashboard. Select the device type then click on Schedule upgrade .

8.      Add Devices to a Dashboard Network : Navigate to Organization > Configure > Inventory .

Related image, diagram or screenshot

10.   MX Connectivity: Plug in your WAN uplink(s) on the Primary WAN Edge MX then power it on and wait for it to come online on dashboard. This might take a few minutes as the MX will download its firmware and configuration. Navigate to Security and SD-WAN > Configure > Appliance status and verify that the MX has come online and that its firmware and configuration is up to date .

Related image, diagram or screenshot

12.   Rename MR APs : Navigate to Wireless > Monitor > Access points then click on each AP and then click on the edit button on top of the page to rename it per the above table then click on Save such that all your APs have their designated names.

13.   MR AP Tags: Navigate to Wireless > Monitor > Access points then click on each AP and then click on the edit button next to TAGS to add Tags to your AP per the above table then click on Save such that all your APs have their designated tags.

Related image, diagram or screenshot

14.   MX Addressing and VLANs: Navigate to Security and SD-WAN > Configure > Addressing and VLANs , and in the Deployment Settings menu select Routed mode. Further down the page on the Routing menu, click on VLANs then click on Add VLAN to add your Management and Transit VLANs then click on Create . Then for the per-port VLAN settings, select your downlink ports (19 and 20) and click on Edit and configure them as Trunk with VLAN 3 (Allowed VLANs 3, 100, 200, 1923) and click on Update . Finally, click on Save at the bottom of the page.

Related image, diagram or screenshot

●       Please repeat the above steps to create VLANs 100 and 200

Related image, diagram or screenshot

16.   Optional - If you are accessing any resources over Meraki SD-WAN , please navigate to Security and SD-WAN > Configure > Site-to-site VPN and enable VPN based on your topology and traffic flow requirements. (In this case, we will configure this Campus as Spoke with Split Tunneling )

Related image, diagram or screenshot

●       Finally, click on Save at the bottom of the page on the Hub site, please make sure to advertise the subnets that are required to be reachable via VPN. Navigate to Security and SD-WAN > Configure > Site-to-site VPN then add a local network then click Save at the bottom of the page ( Please make sure that you are configuring this on the Hub's dashboard network ).

Related image, diagram or screenshot

17.   Optional - Verify that your VPN has come up by selecting your Campus LAN dashboard network from the Top-Left Network drop-down list and then navigate to Security and SD-WAN > Monitor > VPN status then check the status of your VPN peers. Next, navigate to Security and SD-WAN > Monitor > Route table and check the status of your remote subnets that are reachable via VPN. You can also verify connectivity by pinging a remote subnet (e.g. 172.31.16.32 which is Cisco ISE) by navigating to Security and SD-WAN > Monitor > Appliance status then click on Tools and ping the specified IP address ( Please note that the MX will choose the highest VLANs interface IP participating in VPN by default as the source ).

Related image, diagram or screenshot

Please note that in order to ping a remote subnet, you must either have BGP enabled or have static routes at the far-end pointing back to the Campus LAN local subnets. (In other words, the source of your traffic which for ping by default is the highest VLAN participating in AutoVPN if not otherwise specified).

In this example, the VPC in AWS has been configured with a Route Entry to route 10.0.100.0/24 and 10.0.200.0/24 via the vMX deployed in AWS that has a VPN tunnel back to the Campus LAN site.

Related image, diagram or screenshot

If the remote VPN peer (e.g. AWS) is configured in Routed mode , the static route is not required since traffic will always be NAT'd to a local reachable IP address. Please also don't forget to create Network Device groups on Cisco ISE for your network devices to be able to send authentication messages to Cisco ISE. See the below example:

Related image, diagram or screenshot

24.   Core Switch Network Access: Connect to the first C9500 switch via console and configure it with the following commands:

Switch>

Switch#

Enter configuration commands, one per line. End with CNTL/Z.

Switch(config)#

9500-01(config)#

9500-01(config)#

9500-01(config)#

9500-01(config)#

Please reload the switch for Stackwise Virtual configuration to take effect

Upon reboot, the config will be part of running config but not part of start-up

config. 9500-01(config-stackwise-virtual)#

9500-01(config)#

9500-01(config)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#s

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01#

9500-01#

Interface            IP-Address       OK? Method Status      Protocol

Vlan3                10.0.3.2         YES DHCP up             up

Vlan100              10.0.100.2       YES DHCP up             up

Vlan200              10.0.200.2       YES DHCP up             up

Vlan1923             192.168.3.2      YES manual up           up

GigabitEthernet0/0   unassigned       YES NVRAM down          down

TwentyFiveGigE1/0/1  unassigned       YES unset up            up

TwentyFiveGigE1/0/2  unassigned       YES unset up            up

9500-01#

Type escape sequence to abort.

Sending 5, 100-byte ICMP Echos to 8.8.8.8, timeout is 2 seconds:

!!!!!

Success rate is 100 percent (5/5), round-trip min/avg/max = 4/4/5 ms

9500-01#

Type escape sequence to abort.

Sending 5, 100-byte ICMP Echos to 72.163.4.185, timeout is 2 seconds:

!!!!!

Success rate is 100 percent (5/5), round-trip min/avg/max = 109/109/109 ms

9500-01#

9500-01#

9500-01#

Building configuration...

[OK]

Switch>

Switch#

Enter configuration commands, one per line. End with CNTL/Z.

Switch(config)#

9500-02(config)#

9500-01(config)#

9500-01(config)#

9500-02(config)#

Please reload the switch for Stackwise Virtual configuration to take effect

Upon reboot, the config will be part of running config but not part of start-up

config. 9500-02(config-stackwise-virtual)#

9500-02(config)#

9500-02(config)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-02(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-02(config-if)#

9500-02(config-if)#

9500-02(config)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-02(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-02(config-if)#

9500-02(config-if)#

9500-02(config)#

9500-02(config-if)#

9500-02(config-if)#

9500-01(config)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01#

9500-01#

Interface            IP-Address         OK? Method Status       Protocol

Vlan3                10.0.3.3           YES DHCP up             up

Vlan100              10.0.100.3         YES DHCP up             up

Vlan200              10.0.200.3         YES DHCP up             up

Vlan1923             unassigned         YES manual up           down

GigabitEthernet0/0   unassigned         YES NVRAM down          down

TwentyFiveGigE1/0/1  unassigned         YES unset up            up

TwentyFiveGigE1/0/2  unassigned         YES unset up            up

9500-02#

Type escape sequence to abort.

Sending 5, 100-byte ICMP Echos to 8.8.8.8, timeout is 2 seconds:

!!!!!

Success rate is 100 percent (5/5), round-trip min/avg/max = 4/4/5 ms

9500-02#

Type escape sequence to abort.

Sending 5, 100-byte ICMP Echos to 72.163.4.185, timeout is 2 seconds:

!!!!!

Success rate is 100 percent (5/5), round-trip min/avg/max = 109/109/109 ms

9500-02#

9500-02#

9500-02#

Building configuration...

[OK]

26.   SVL Configuration: Now that both C9500 switches have access to the network, proceed to configure the Stackwise Virtual Links per the port list provided above (In this case using two ports for the SVL providing a total stacking bandwidth of 80 Gbps).

9500-01#

Stackwise Virtual Configuration:

----------------------------

Stackwise Virtual : Enabled

Domain Number : 1

 

Switch Stackwise Virtual Link Ports

-----------------------------

    1      HundredGigE1/0/25

           HundredGigE1/0/26

    2      HundredGigE2/0/25

           HundredGigE2/0/26

9500-01#

9500-01#

Stackwise Virtual Link(SVL) Information:

-----------------------------

Flags:

-----

Link Status

-----------

U-Up D-Down

Protocol Status

-----------

S-Suspended P-Pending E-Error T-Timeout R-Ready

-----------------------------

Switch SVL Ports Link-Status Protocol-Status

---------------------------------------

1     1   HundredGigE1/0/25      U    R

         HundredGigE1/0/26       U    R

2     1   HundredGigE2/0/25      U    R

         HundredGigE2/0/26       U    R

 

9500-01#

9500-01#

Switch Bandwidth

----------------

1    80G

2    80G

 

9500-01#

9500-01#

Switch/Stack Mac Address : b0c5.3c60.fba0 - Local Mac Address

Mac persistency wait time: Indefinite

                       H/W Current

Switch#      Role      Mac Address     Priority     Version     State

1          Active     b0c5.3c60.fba0     5           V02       Ready

2          Standby     40b5.c111.01e0      1          V02       Ready

 

9500-01#

9500-01#

9500-01(config)#

9500-01(config-if)#

WARNING: All the extraneous configurations will be removed for HundredGigE1/0/27 on reboot.

INFO: Upon reboot, the config will be part of running config but not part of start-up config.

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

WARNING: All the extraneous configurations will be removed for HundredGigE1/0/27 on reboot.

INFO: Upon reboot, the config will be part of running config but not part of start-up

config. 9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01#

Building configuration...

[OK]

9500-01#

Reload command is being issued on Active unit, this will reload the whole stack

Proceed with reload? [confirm]Connection to 10.0.3.2 closed by remote host.

Connection to 10.0.3.2 closed.

>> 

9500-01#

In dual-active recovery mode: No

Recovery Reload: Enabled

Dual-Active-Detection Configuration:

-----------------------------------

Switch Dad port Status

----------------------------

1     HundredGigE1/0/27   up

2     HundredGigE2/0/27   up

 

9500-01#

9500-01#

MST0

  Spanning tree enabled protocol mstp

   Root ID Priority 4096

       Address b0c5.3c60.fba0

       This bridge is the root

       Hello Time 2 sec Max Age 20 sec Forward Delay 15 sec

   Bridge ID Priority 4096 (priority 4096 sys-id-ext 0)

       Address b0c5.3c60.fba0

       Hello Time 2 sec Max Age 20 sec Forward Delay 15 sec

Interface     Role Sts Cost        Prio.Nbr Type

Twe1/0/1     Desg FWD 2000        128.193 P2p

Twe2/0/1     Back BLK 2000        128.385 P2p

 

9500-01#

9500-01#

Enter configuration commands, one per line. End with CNTL/Z.

9500-01(config)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01#

Building configuration...

[OK]

9500-01#

33.   Optional - STP Hygiene : It is recommended to configure STP Root Guard on all C9500 Core Stack downlinks to avoid any new introduced downstream switches from claiming root bridge status.

9500-01#

Enter configuration commands, one per line. End with CNTL/Z.

9500-01(config)#

9500-01(config)#

9500-01(config-if-range)#

9500-01(config-if-range)#

9500-01(config)#

9500-01(config)#

9500-01(config-if-range)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01#

Building configuration...

[OK]

9500-01#

34.   Optional - STP Hygiene : It is recommended to configure STP Loop Guard on all C9500 Core Stack un-used stacking links .

9500-01#

Enter configuration commands, one per line. End with CNTL/Z.

9500-01(config)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if-range)#

9500-01(config)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if-range)#

9500-01(config)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01#

Building configuration...

[OK]

9500-01#

9500-01(config)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config)#

9500-01(dhcp-config)#

9500-01(dhcp-config)#

9500-01(dhcp-config)#

9500-01(dhcp-config)#

9500-01(dhcp-config)#

9500-01(dhcp-config)#

9500-01(dhcp-config)#

9500-01(dhcp-config)#

9500-01#

Building configuration...

[OK]

9500-01#

9500-01#

Pool vlan100 :

Utilization mark (high/low) : 100 / 0

Subnet size (first/next) : 0 / 0

Total addresses 254

Leased addresses 0

Excluded addresses 0

Pending event : none

1 subnet is currently in the pool :

Current index    IP address range                Leased/Excluded/Total

10.0.100.1        10.0.100.1 - 10.0.100.254         0 / 0 / 254

 

Pool vlan200 :

Utilization mark (high/low) : 100 / 0

Subnet size (first/next) : 0 / 0

Total addresses 254

Leased addresses 0

Excluded addresses 0

Pending event : none

1 subnet is currently in the pool :

Current index     IP address range                Leased/Excluded/Total

10.0.100.1        10.0.100.1 - 10.0.100.254         0 / 0 / 254

9500-01#

9500-01#

Vlan3              10.0.3.113      YES DHCP up        up

Vlan100            10.0.100.2      YES DHCP up        up

Vlan200            10.0.200.2      YES DHCP up        up

Vlan1921           192.168.1.1     YES manual up      down

Vlan1922           192.168.2.1     YES manual up      down

Vlan1923           192.168.3.2      YES manual up     up

9500-01#

38.   Configure Layer 2 Switchports , SGTs, and CST (Cisco TrustSec) on your Core Stack interfaces. ( Please note that enforcement has been disabled on downlink ports allowing it to happen downstream )

9500-01#

Enter configuration commands, one per line. End with CNTL/Z.

9500-01(config)#

9500-01(config)#

9500-01(config)#

9500-01(config-rb-acl)#

9500-01(config-rb-acl)#

9500-01(config)#

9500-01(config)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if-cts-manual)#

9500-01(config-if-cts-manual)#

9500-01(config)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if-cts-manual)#

9500-01(config-if-cts-manual)#

9500-01(config)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if-cts-manual)#

9500-01(config-if-cts-manual)#

9500-01(config)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if-cts-manual)#

9500-01(config-if-cts-manual)#

9500-01#

Building configuration...

[OK]

9500-01#

39.   Spare WAN Edge Connectivity: Follow these steps to create warm-spare with two MX appliances: ( Please note that this might result in a brief interruption of packet forwarding on the MX Appliance )

Related image, diagram or screenshot

9500-01#

9500-01(config)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01#

Building configuration...

[OK]

Related image, diagram or screenshot

9500-01#

Interface             IP-Address        OK? Method      Status

TwentyFiveGigE1/0/2   unassigned        YES unset up    up

TwentyFiveGigE2/0/2   unassigned        YES unset up    up

9500-01#

9500-01

MST0

Spanning tree enabled protocol mstp

Root ID   Priority   4096

        Address b0c5.3c60.fba0

        This bridge is the root

        Hello Time 2 sec Max Age 20 sec Forward Delay 15 sec

Bridge ID Priority  4096 (priority 4096 sys-id-ext 0)

        Address b0c5.3c60.fba0

        Hello Time 2 sec Max Age 20 sec Forward Delay 15 sec

Interface    Role Sts Cost    Prio.Nbr Type

Twe1/0/1     Desg FWD 2000    128.193 P2p

Twe1/0/2     Desg FWD 2000    128.194 P2p

Twe2/0/1     Back BLK 2000    128.385 P2p

Twe2/0/2     Back BLK 2000    128.386 P2p

 

9500-01#

Related image, diagram or screenshot

41.   Adaptive Policy Configuration: Configure Adaptive Policy for your Campus LAN. When you're logged in dashboard, Navigate to Organization > Configure > Adaptive Policy then click on the Groups tab on the top. There should be two groups (Unknown, Infrastructure) that are already available. Click on Add group to add each group required for your Campus LAN. You need to fill in the Name, the SGT value, and a description then click on Review changes then click on Submit . Please see the following examples.

Related image, diagram or screenshot

43.   Access Switch Ports Preparation: MS390 switches support a maximum of 1000 configured VLANs and given that the default configuration has all switchports in Trunk mode with Native VLAN 1 and allowed VLANs 1-1000 (consuming the 1000 limit already), Dashboard will not allow for the configuration of this design to be saved (i.e. configuring VLAN 1921/1922 as this will breach the 1000 VLANs limit). As such, ports will need to be configured with a different range or VLAN set other than the default settings before applying the configuration needed for this design. It is therefore recommended to configure ALL ports in your network as access in a parking VLAN such as 999. To do that, Navigate to Switching > Monitor > Switch ports then select all ports (Please be mindful of the page overflow and make sure to browse the different pages and apply configuration to ALL ports) and then make sure to deselect stacking ports ( as you cannot change configuration on dedicated stacking ports ) then click on the Edit button and configure all ports as shown below:

Related image, diagram or screenshot

●       IMPORTANT - The above step is essential before proceeding to the next steps. If you proceed to the next step and receive an error on Dashboard then it means that some switchports are still configured with the default configuration. Please revisit the Switching > Monitor > Switch ports page and ensure that no ports have a Trunk with allowed VLANs 1-1000

44.   Access Switch Ports Configuration: Configure Uplink Ports on your Access Switches. When you're logged in dashboard, Navigate to Switching > Monitor > Switch ports , then select your uplink ports and configure them as shown below. (Tip: You can filter for ports by using search terms in dashboard):

Related image, diagram or screenshot

45.   Optional - For ease of management, it is recommended that you rename the ports connecting to your Core switches with the actual switch name / Connecting port as shown below.

Related image, diagram or screenshot

46.   Access Switch Ports Configuration: Configure Wired Client Ports (802.1x) on your Access Switches. Navigate to or Refresh Switching > Monitor > Switch Ports , then select your Wired Client ports (5-8) and configure them as◦ shown below. (Tip: You can filter for ports by using search terms in dashboard)

Related image, diagram or screenshot

47.   Access Switch Ports Configuration: Configure Wired Client Ports (MAB) on your Access Switches. Navigate to or Refresh Switching > Monitor > Switch Ports , then select your Wired Client ports (9-12) and configure them as shown below. (Tip: You can filter for ports by using search terms in dashboard)

Related image, diagram or screenshot

48.   Access Switch Ports Configuration: Configure MR Ports on your Access Switches. Navigate to or Refresh Switching > Configure > Switch Ports , then select your ports connecting to MR Access Points (13-16) and configure them as shown below. (Tip: You can filter for ports by using search terms in dashboard)

Related image, diagram or screenshot

49.   Optional - Access Switch Ports Configuration: Configure unused ports on your Access Switches such that they are disabled and mapped to a parking VLAN such as 999. Navigate to Switching > Monitor > Switch Ports and filter for any unused ports (e.g. 17-24) and configure them as shown below.

Related image, diagram or screenshot

50.   Rename Wireless SSIDs: To configure your SSIDs per the above table, first navigate to Wireless > Configure SSIDs then rename the SSIDs per your requirements (Refer to the above table for guidance).

Related image, diagram or screenshot

51.   Configure Access Control for Acme Corp : Navigate to Wireless > Configure > Access control then from the top drop-down menu choose Acme Corp .

Related image, diagram or screenshot

which is available at the top right corner of the page to be able to access this and configure the Adaptive Policy Group (10: Corp). Then, please click Save at the bottom of the page.

52.   Configure Access Control for Acme BYOD : Navigate to Wireless > Configure > Access control then from the top drop-down menu choose Acme BYOD .

Related image, diagram or screenshot

53.   Configure Access Control for Guest : Navigate to Wireless > Configure > Access control then from the top drop-down menu choose Guest.

Related image, diagram or screenshot

●       Click on the top right corner of the page on " View Old Version " then choose the Adaptive Policy Group 30:Guest then click on Save at the bottom of the page

Related image, diagram or screenshot

●       Navigate to Wireless > Configure > SSID availability and configure broadcast via Tag = Zone 1

Related image, diagram or screenshot

54.   Configure Access Control for Acme IoT: Navigate to Wireless > Configure > Access control then from the top drop-down menu choose Acme IoT . (Please note that in this example Acme IoT SSID has been configured with iPSK without Radius).

●       Navigate to Network-wide > Configure > Group policies, then create a group policy for IoT devices and click Save at the bottom of the page

Related image, diagram or screenshot

●       Then, Navigate to Wireless > Configure > Access control and choose Acme IoT from the top drop-menu and configure settings as shown below, First choose iPSK without Radius from the Security menu:

Related image, diagram or screenshot

●       Then, click on Add an identity PSK :

Related image, diagram or screenshot

●       Click on Save at the bottom of the page

at the top right corner of the page then choose the Adaptive Policy Group 40: IoT then click on Save at the bottom of the page.

Related image, diagram or screenshot

●       Navigate to Wireless > Configure > SSID availability and configure broadcast via Tag = Zone 2

Related image, diagram or screenshot

55.   Enabling Stacking on your MS390 and C9300 Switches in Meraki Dashboard : Please follow these steps.

9500-01#

Interface               IP-Address OK?    Method Status     Protocol

TwentyFiveGigE1/0/23    unassigned YES    unset up           up

TwentyFiveGigE1/0/24    unassigned YES    unset up           up

TwentyFiveGigE2/0/23    unassigned YES    unset up           up

TwentyFiveGigE2/0/24    unassigned YES    unset up           up

9500-01#

E.   Wait for them to come online on dashboard. Navigate to Switching > Configure > Switches and check the status of your Access Switches

Related image, diagram or screenshot

F.   After they come online and download their configuration and firmware (Up to date) you can proceed to the next step. You can see their Configuration status and Firmware version from Switching > Configure > Switches

Related image, diagram or screenshot

G.   Enable stacking in dashboard by Navigating to Switching > Monitor > Switch stacks then click on add one

Related image, diagram or screenshot

H.   Then give your stack a name and select it's members and click on Create

Related image, diagram or screenshot

Q.  Plug uplinks on all other non-master members and verify that the uplink is online in dashboard by navigating to Switching > Monitor > Switch stacks and then click on each stack to verify that all uplinks are showing as connected however they should be in STP discarding mode .

Related image, diagram or screenshot

R.   Configure the same Static IP for all members in each stack by navigating to Switching > Monitor > Switches then click on the master switch (e.g. MS390-01 for Stack1) and under LAN IP menu copy the IP address then click on the edit button to specify the Static IP address information (You can use the same IP address that was assigned using DHCP) then click Save . The same Static IP address information should now be copied for all members of the same stack. You can verify this by navigating to Switching > Monitor > Switches (Tip: Click on the configure button on the right-hand side of the table to add Local IP information display).

Related image, diagram or screenshot

●       And on your Stack2-9300 Master Switch:

Related image, diagram or screenshot

9500-01#

Enter configuration commands, one per line. End with CNTL/Z.

9500-01(config)#

9500-01(config-if)#

Creating a port-channel interface Port-channel 1

 

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

Creating a port-channel interface Port-channel 2

 

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01#

9500-01#

Port-channels in the group:

-------------------------

Port-channel: Po1 (Primary Aggregator)

Age of the Port-channel = 0d:01h:42m:43s

Logical slot/port = 9/1 Number of ports = 2

HotStandBy port = null

Port state = Port-channel Ag-Inuse

Protocol = LACP

Port security = Disabled

Fast-switchover = disabled

Fast-switchover Dampening = disabled

 

Ports in the Port-channel:

Index    Load    Port    EC state    No of bits

------+------+------+----------------- -+-----------

0   00    Twe1/0/23       Active        0

0   00    Twe2/0/23       Active        0

 

Time since last port bundled: 0d:01h:40m:21s Twe2/0/23

 

9500-01#

9500-01#

Port-channels in the group:

--------------------------

Port-channel: Po2 (Primary Aggregator)

----------

Age of the Port-channel = 0d:01h:43m:56s

Logical slot/port = 9/2 Number of ports = 2

HotStandBy port = null

Port state = Port-channel Ag-Inuse

Protocol = LACP

Port security = Disabled

Fast-switchover = disabled

Fast-switchover Dampening = disabled

 

Ports in the Port-channel:

 

Index   Load Port     EC state      No of bits

------+------+------+--------------+-----------

0 00     Twe1/0/24     Active             0

0 00 Twe2/0/24         Active             0

 

Time since last port bundled: 0d:01h:42m:04s Twe2/0/24

 

9500-01#9500-01#

Building configuration...

 

[OK]

9500-01#

Related image, diagram or screenshot

●       And now all your uplinks from each stack should be in STP Forwarding mode, which you can verify on Dashboard by navigating to Switching > Monitor > Switch stacks and checking the uplink port status. Also, you can check that on your C9500 Core Stack.

Related image, diagram or screenshot

9500-01#

Mst Instance      Role Sts Cost      Prio.Nbr Type

----------------------------------------------------

MST0             Desg FWD 10000      128.2089 P2p

9500-01#

 

Mst Instance      Role Sts Cost      Prio.Nbr Type

----------------------------------------------------

MST0              Desg FWD 1000       128.2090 P2p

9500-01#

 

MST0

   Spanning tree enabled protocol mstp

   Root ID Priority 4096

        Address b0c5.3c60.fba0

        This bridge is the root

        Hello Time 2 sec Max Age 20 sec Forward Delay 15 sec

 

   Bridge ID Priority 4096 (priority 4096 sys-id-ext 0)

        Address b0c5.3c60.fba0

        Hello Time 2 sec Max Age 20 sec Forward Delay 15 sec

Interface    Role Sts Cost       Prio.Nbr Type

------------------------------------------------------

Twe1/0/1     Desg FWD 2000        128.193 P2p

Twe2/0/1     Back BLK 2000        128.385 P2p

Po1          Desg FWD 10000       128.2089 P2p

Po2          Desg FWD 1000       128.2090 P2p

 

9500-01#

56.   Configure Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (802.1s) in Dashboard for MS390 and C9300 switches: Navigate to Switch > Configure > Switch settings and select your stack and choose the appropriate STP priority per stack (61440 for all Access Switch Stacks) then click Save at the bottom of the page.

Related image, diagram or screenshot

●       Please note that changing the STP priority will cause a brief outage as the STP topology will be recalculated.

57.   Configure Dynamic ARP Inspection (DAI) on your C9500 Core Switches: All Downlinks to Access Switches and Uplinks to MX Edge must be configured as Trusted and all other interfaces as Untrusted . ( Please note that the order of commands is important to avoid loss of connectivity )

9500-01#

Capability Codes: R - Router, T - Trans Bridge, B - Source Route Bridge

                  S - Switch, H - Host, I - IGMP, r - Repeater, P - Phone,

                  D - Remote, C - CVTA, M - Two-port Mac Relay

 

Device ID     Local Intrfce    Holdtme Capability Platform Port ID

a4b4395f2a80  Twe 1/0/24       124     S C9300-24U Port C9300-NM-8X/1

2c3f0b0fec00  Twe 2/0/23       174     S MS390-24 Port 1

2c3f0b047e80  Twe 1/0/23       159     S MS390-24U Port 1

4ce175b0ba00  Twe 2/0/24       177     S C9300-24U Port C9300-NM-8X/1

 

Total cdp entries displayed : 4

9500-01#

9500-01(config)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config)#

9500-01(config)#

9500-01(config)#

9500-01(config)#

9500-01(config)#

9500-01#

Switch DHCP snooping is enabled

Switch DHCP gleaning is disabled

DHCP snooping is configured on following VLANs:

3,100,200,1921-1923

DHCP snooping is operational on following VLANs:

3,100,200,1921-1923

DHCP snooping is configured on the following L3 Interfaces:

 

Insertion of option 82 is enabled

   circuit-id default format: vlan-mod-port

   remote-id: b0c5.3c60.fba0 (MAC)

Option 82 on untrusted port is not allowed

Verification of hwaddr field is enabled

Verification of giaddr field is enabled

DHCP snooping trust/rate is configured on the following Interfaces:

 

Interface             Trusted     Allow option     Rate limit (pps)

-------------------------------------------------------------------

TwentyFiveGigE1/0/1         yes        yes          unlimited

Custom circuit-ids:

TwentyFiveGigE1/0/2         yes        yes          unlimited

Custom circuit-ids:

TwentyFiveGigE1/0/23         yes        yes         unlimited

Custom circuit-ids:

TwentyFiveGigE1/0/24         yes        yes         unlimited

Custom circuit-ids:

TwentyFiveGigE2/0/1         yes        yes          unlimited

Custom circuit-ids:

TwentyFiveGigE2/0/2         yes        yes          unlimited

Custom circuit-ids:

TwentyFiveGigE2/0/23         yes        yes         unlimited

Custom circuit-ids:

TwentyFiveGigE2/0/24         yes        yes         unlimited

Custom circuit-ids:

Port-channel1                yes        yes        unlimited

Custom circuit-ids:

Port-channel2                yes        yes         unlimited

   Custom circuit-ids:

9500-01#

9500-01#

 

Source Mac Validation : Enabled

Destination Mac Validation : Disabled

IP Address Validation : Enable

 

Vlan      Configuration        Operation     ACL Match     Static ACL

-----------------------------------------------------

3            Enabled              Active

100          Enabled              Active

200          Enabled              Active

1921         Enabled              Active

1922         Enabled              Active

1923         Enabled              Active

 

Vlan   ACL Logging    DHCP Logging   Probe Logging

--------------------------------------------------

3      Deny     Deny    Off

100    Deny     Deny    Off

200    Deny     Deny    Off

1921   Deny     Deny    Off

1922   Deny     Deny    Off

1923   Deny     Deny    Off

 

Vlan     Forwarded     Dropped       DHCP Drops     ACL Drops

-------------------------------------------------------------

3        0             0             0               0

100      0             0             0               0

200      0             0             0               0

1921     0             0             0               0

1922     0             0             0               0

1923     0             0             0               0

 

Vlan    DHCP Permits   ACL Permits   Probe Permits    Source MAC Failures

-------------------------------------------------------------------------

3        0             0             0               0

100      0             0             0               0

200      0             0             0               0

1921     0             0             0               0

1922     0             0             0               0

1923     0             0             0               0

 

Vlan     Dest MAC Failures   IP Validation Failures    Invalid Protocol Data

---------------------------------------------------------------------------

3           0                                0             0              

100         0                                0             0              

200         0                                0             0              

1921        0                                0             0              

1922        0                                0             0              

1923        0                                0             0              

9500-01#

Building configuration...

[OK]

9500-01#

58.   Configure Dynamic Arp Inspection (DAI) on your Access Switch Stacks: Navigate to Switch > Monitor > DHCP Servers and ARP and scroll down to Dynamic ARP Inspection and enable it, then click Save at the bottom of the page .

Related image, diagram or screenshot

59.   Setting up your Access Points: Connect your APs to the respective ports on the Access Switches (e.g. Ports 13-16) and wait for them to come online on dashboard and download their firmware and configuration files. To check the status of your APs navigate to Wireless > Monitor > Access points and check the status, configuration and firmware of your APs.

Related image, diagram or screenshot

60.   Re-addressing your Network Devices: In this step, you will adjust your IP addressing configuration - if required - to align with your network design. This step could have been done earlier in the process however it will be easier to adjust after all your network devices have come online since the MX (The DHCP server for Management VLAN 1) has kept a record of the actual MAC addresses of all DHCP clients. Follow these steps to re-assign the desired IP addresses. (Please note that this will cause disruption to your network connectivity)

D.   Navigate to Security and SD-WAN > Configure > DHCP then under Fixed IP assignments click on Add a fixed IP assignment and add entries under each DHCP Pool as shown below for your network devices using the MAC addresses you have from Step #3 above then click on Save at the bottom of the page.

Related image, diagram or screenshot

E.   Navigate to Switching > Monitor > Switch ports then filter for MR (in case you have previously tagged your ports or select ports manually if you haven't) then select those ports and click on Edit , then set Port status to Disabled then click on Save .

Related image, diagram or screenshot

F.   After a few minutes ( For configuration to be up to date ) navigate to Switching > Monitor > Switch ports, then filter for MR (in case you have previously tagged your ports or select ports manually if you haven't) then select those ports and click on Edit , then set Port status to Enabled then click on Save .

Related image, diagram or screenshot

G.   Navigate to Switching > Monitor > Switches, then click on each master switch to change its IP address to the one desired using Static IP configuration (remember that all members of the same stack need to have the same static IP address)

Related image, diagram or screenshot

H.   On your C9500 Core Stack, bounce your VLAN 3,100,200 interfaces. Then verify that the interfaces VLAN 3/ 100/200 came up with the correct IP address (e.g. 10.0.3.2 per this design)

9500-01#

Enter configuration commands, one per line. End with CNTL/Z.

9500-01(config)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01#

Vlan1     unassigned      YES NVRAM administratively down   down

Vlan3      10.0.3.2       YES DHCP up                       up

Vlan100    10.0.100.2     YES DHCP up                       up

Vlan200    10.0.200.2     YES DHCP up                       up

9500-01#

I.    Navigate to Organization > Monitor > Overview then click on Devices tab to check the current IP addressing for your network devices:

Related image, diagram or screenshot

61.   Configure QoS in your Campus LAN: Quality of Service configuration needs to be consistent across the whole Campus LAN. Please refer to the above table as an example. ( For the purpose of this CVD, Default traffic shaping rules will be used to mark traffic with DSCP values without setting any traffic limits. Please adjust traffic shaping rules based on your own requirements ). To configure QoS, please follow these steps.

A.   Navigate to Wireless > Configure > Firewall and Traffic Shaping and choose the Acme Corp SSID from the above drop-down menu. Under Traffic Shaping rules , choose the per-client and per-SSID limits desired and select Shape traffic on this SSID then select Enable default traffic shaping rules. Click Save at the bottom of the page when you are done. Click Save at the bottom of the page when you are done.

Related image, diagram or screenshot

B.   Navigate to Wireless > Configure > Firewall and Traffic Shaping and choose the Acme BYOD SSID from the above drop-down menu. Under Traffic Shaping rules , choose the per-client and per-SSID limits desired and select Shape traffic on this SSID then select Enable default traffic shaping rules.

Related image, diagram or screenshot

C.   Navigate to Wireless > Configure > Firewall and Traffic Shaping and choose the Guest SSID from the above drop-down menu. Under Traffic Shaping rules , choose the per-client and per-SSID limits desired and select Shape traffic on this SSID then select Enable default traffic shaping rules. Click Save at the bottom of the page when you are done.

Related image, diagram or screenshot

E.   Navigate to Switching > Configure > Switch settings and under the Quality of Service menu configure the VLAN to DSCP mappings. Please click on Edit DSCP to CoS map to change settings per your requirements. Click Save at the bottom of the page when you are done. (Please note that the ports used in the below example are based on Cisco Webex traffic flow)

Related image, diagram or screenshot

9500-01#

Enter configuration commands, one per line. End with CNTL/Z.

9500-01(config)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

Warning: add service policy will cause inconsistency with port TwentyFiveGigE2/0/23 in ether

channel 1.

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

Warning: add service policy will cause inconsistency with port TwentyFiveGigE2/0/24 in ether

channel 2.

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01(config-if)#

9500-01#

TwentyFiveGigE1/0/1

auto qos trust dscp

 

TwentyFiveGigE1/0/2

auto qos trust dscp

 

TwentyFiveGigE1/0/23

auto qos trust dscp

 

TwentyFiveGigE1/0/24

auto qos trust dscp

 

TwentyFiveGigE2/0/1

auto qos trust dscp

 

TwentyFiveGigE2/0/2

auto qos trust dscp

 

TwentyFiveGigE2/0/23

auto qos trust dscp

 

TwentyFiveGigE2/0/24

auto qos trust dscp

 

9500-01#

G.   Navigate to Security and SD-WAN > Configure > SD-WAN and Traffic shaping and make sure your Uplink configuration matches your WAN speed. Then, under Uplink selection choose the settings that match your requirements (e.g. Load balancing). Under Traffic shaping rules , select Enable default traffic shaping rules then click on Add a new shaping rule to create the rules needed for your network. ( for more information about Traffic shaping rules on MX appliances, please refer to the following article ). Please see the following example:

Related image, diagram or screenshot

62.   Enable OSPF Routing: Navigate to Switching > Configure > OSPF routing and then click on Enabled to enable OSPF. Add the details required and create an OSPF area for your Campus Network. Then, click Save at the bottom of the page.

Related image, diagram or screenshot

63.   Enable OSPF Routing on your Core Stack: Please use the following commands to add an OSPF instance and create OSPF neighbors.

9500-01#

Enter configuration commands, one per line. End with CNTL/Z.

9500-01(config)#

9500-01(config-router)#

9500-01(config-router)#

9500-01(config-router)#

9500-01(config-router)#

9500-01(config-router)#

9500-01#

9500-01#

Neighbor ID          Pri        State      Dead Time          Address    Interface

192.168.2.2          1          FULL/DR    00:00:33          192.168.2.2           Vlan1922

192.168.1.2          1          FULL/DR    00:00:38          192.168.1.2           Vlan1921

9500-01#

64.   Create SVI Interfaces on your Access Switch Stacks: Navigate to Switching > Configure > Routing and DHCP and click on CREATE INTERFACE and start adding your interfaces but first start with the Transit VLANs. Once you have created an interface click on Save and add another at the bottom of the page to add more interfaces.

Related image, diagram or screenshot

●       Please note that the Static Routes shown above are automatically created per stack and they reflect the default gateway settings that you have configured with the first SVI interface created which is in this case the Transit VLAN interface for each Stack

65.   Verify that your Core Stack is receiving OSPF routes from its neighbors:

9500-01#

Codes: L - local, C - connected, S - static, R - RIP, M - mobile, B - BGP

D - EIGRP, EX - EIGRP external, O - OSPF, IA - OSPF inter area

N1 - OSPF NSSA external type 1, N2 - OSPF NSSA external type 2

E1 - OSPF external type 1, E2 - OSPF external type 2, m - OMP

n - NAT, Ni - NAT inside, No - NAT outside, Nd - NAT DIA

i - IS-IS, su - IS-IS summary, L1 - IS-IS level-1, L2 - IS-IS level-2

ia - IS-IS inter area, - candidate default, U - per-user static route

H - NHRP, G - NHRP registered, g - NHRP registration summary

o - ODR, P - periodic downloaded static route, l - LISP

a - application route

+ - replicated route, % - next hop override, p - overrides from PfR

& - replicated local route overrides by connected

 

Gateway of last resort is 10.0.200.1 to network 0.0.0.0

 

S 0.0.0.0/0 [254/0] via 10.0.200.1

   [254/0] via 10.0.100.1

   [254/0] via 10.0.3.1

  10.0.0.0/8 is variably subnetted, 12 subnets, 2 masks

C 10.0.3.0/24 is directly connected, Vlan3

L 10.0.3.2/32 is directly connected, Vlan3

C 10.0.100.0/24 is directly connected, Vlan100 L

10.0.100.2/32 is directly connected, Vlan100 C

10.0.200.0/24 is directly connected, Vlan200 L

10.0.200.2/32 is directly connected, Vlan200

   192.168.1.0/24 is variably subnetted, 2 subnets, 2 masks

C 192.168.1.0/24 is directly connected, Vlan1921

L 192.168.1.1/32 is directly connected, Vlan1921

   192.168.2.0/24 is variably subnetted, 2 subnets, 2 masks

C 192.168.2.0/24 is directly connected, Vlan1922 L

192.168.2.1/32 is directly connected, Vlan1922

    192.168.3.0/24 is variably subnetted, 2 subnets, 2 masks

C 192.168.3.0/24 is directly connected, Vlan1923

L 192.168.3.2/32 is directly connected, Vlan1923

9500-01#

66.   And that concludes the configuration requirements for this design option. Please remember to always click Save at the bottom of the page once you have finished configuring each item on the Meraki Dashboard.

Device

Firmware Version

Notes

MX 16.16

GA

 

 

MS 15.14

Beta

MS 15.14

Beta

28.6.1

GA

28.30

Beta

Related image, diagram or screenshot

9500-01#

Type escape sequence to abort.

Sending 5, 100-byte ICMP Echos to 10.0.1.1, timeout is 2 seconds:

!!!!!

Success rate is 100 percent (5/5), round-trip min/avg/max = 1/1/1 ms

9500-01#

Type escape sequence to abort.

Sending 5, 100-byte ICMP Echos to 192.168.3.1, timeout is 2 seconds:

!!!!!

Success rate is 100 percent (5/5), round-trip min/avg/max = 1/1/1 ms

9500-01#

9500-01#

Type escape sequence to abort.

Sending 5, 100-byte ICMP Echos to 8.8.8.8, timeout is 2 seconds:

Packet sent with a source address of 192.168.3.2

!!!!!

Success rate is 100 percent (5/5), round-trip min/avg/max = 4/4/4 ms

9500-01#

9500-01#

Type escape sequence to abort.

Sending 5, 100-byte ICMP Echos to 72.163.4.185, timeout is 2 seconds:

Packet sent with a source address of 192.168.3.2

!!!!!

Success rate is 100 percent (5/5), round-trip min/avg/max = 108/108/109 ms

9500-01#

Downstream Connectivity (Please note that the MS390 and C9300-M platforms will prioritize packet forwarding over ICMP echo replies so it's expected behavior that you might get some drops when you ping the management interface)

9500-01#

Type escape sequence to abort.

Sending 5, 100-byte ICMP Echos to 10.0.100.3, timeout is 2 seconds:

.!!!!

Success rate is 80 percent (4/5), round-trip min/avg/max = 2/2/3 ms

9500-01#

Type escape sequence to abort.

Sending 5, 100-byte ICMP Echos to 10.0.100.4, timeout is 2 seconds:

.!!!!

Success rate is 80 percent (4/5), round-trip min/avg/max = 2/2/4 ms

9500-01#

Type escape sequence to abort.

Sending 5, 100-byte ICMP Echos to 10.0.200.3, timeout is 2 seconds:

!!!!!

Success rate is 100 percent (5/5), round-trip min/avg/max = 1/1/1 ms

9500-01#

Type escape sequence to abort.

Sending 5, 100-byte ICMP Echos to 10.0.200.4, timeout is 2 seconds:

!!!!!

Success rate is 100 percent (5/5), round-trip min/avg/max = 1/1/1 ms

9500-01#

Item

Expected Configuration/ Status

Verification

Actual Configuration

Trunk , VLAN 3

sh ip int brief

!all uplinks!

DAI Trusted

sh run int <interface>

switchport mode access

up/up

sh spanning-tree int <interface>

ip arp inspection trust

 

 

ip dhcp snooping trust

 

 

End

!

STP Configuration

sh run int <interface>

!where applicable!

N/A

 

udld port aggressive

N/A

 

spanning-tree guard root

N/A

 

end

N/A

 

!

Root Guard + UDLD aggressive

 

 

Root Guard + UDLD aggressive

 

 

Root Guard + UDLD aggressive

 

 

Root Guard + UDLD aggressive

 

 

STP status:

sh spanning-tree int <interface>

!only PHY interfaces!

FWD

 

spanning-tree mode mst

BLK

 

spanning-tree extend system-id

FWD

 

!

BLK

 

spanning-tree mst configuration

FWD

 

name region1

FWD

 

revision 1

!

 

 

 

spanning-tree mst 0 priority 4096

DHCP, VLAN 1923

sh int vlan1923

 hip route

!

interface Vlan1923

ip address 192.168.3.2 255.255.255.0

end

!

sh ip route | in /0

S 0.0.0.0/0 [254/0] via 192.168.3.1

Trunk , VLAN 3

Navigate to Security and SD-WAN > Configure > Addressing and VLANs

 

 

 

 

 

 

DAI Trusted

switchport trunk allowed vlan 100,1921

SGT 2 Trusted

switchport mode trunk

No CTS enforcement

ip arp inspection trust

VLAN 100 / 100, 1921

!PHY 24!

VLAN 200 / 200, 1922

switchport trunk allowed vlan 200,1922

VLN 100 / 100, 1921

switchport mode trunk

VLAN 200 / 200, 1922

ip arp inspection trust

!BOTH!

cts manual

  policy static sgt 2 trusted

no cts role-based enforcement

!

end

 

 

 

!PHY 23!

Channel-Group 1

sh run int <interface>

channel-group 1 mode active

Channel-Group 2

sh etherchannel <#> sum

!PHY 24!

Channel-Group 1

sh ip int brief | in Po

channel-group 2 mode active

Channel-Group 2

 

!

up/up

 

end

up/up

 

 

Please note that the MS390 and C9300 switches use a separate routing table for management traffic than the configured SVIs. As such, you won't be able to verify connectivity using ping tool from the switch page to its default gateway (e.g. 10.0.100.1) since we have not created a L3 interface for the Management VLAN (e.g. VLAN 100). Upstream connectivity verification should be done using one of the SVI interfaces configured on the stack/ switch to the upstream Transit VLAN configured on the Edge MX appliance. (e.g. VLAN 1923)

Related image, diagram or screenshot

Client

SSID/Port

Username

VLAN

SGT

Acme BYOD

byod1

22

20

Guest

N/A

30

30

MS390-02

Port 4

Corp1

10

10

Related image, diagram or screenshot

Please note that the configuration of the Cisco ISE is out of scope of this CVD. Please refer to Cisco ISE administration guide for details on configuring policy sets on Cisco ISE. Also, please refer to this for more information on configuring Cisco ISE with Cisco Meraki Devices

VLAN Assignment

This section will validate that VLANs are assigned correctly based on the VLAN tag. The following client was used to test the connectivity in the designated VLAN:

 

Acme Corp

Acme BYOD

AP2_Zone1

AP3_Zone2

AP2_Zone1

AP3_Zone2

11

12

21

22

12:34:5C:8C:16:0

12:34:5C:8C:16:0

46:F2:0C:4B:E7:FD

46:F2:0C:4B:E7:FD

10.0.11.3 / VLAN 11

10.0.12.3 / VLAN 12

10.0.21.3 / VLAN 21

10.0.22.2 / VLAN 22

Related image, diagram or screenshot

 

 

Bridge ID

STP Status

Master

4096:b0c5.3c60.fba0

Member

4096.40b5.c111.01e0

Master

61440:2c3f.0b04.7e80

STP ROOT

b0:c5:3c:60:fb:a0 (priority 4096)

Member

61440:2c3f.0b0f.ec00

None

Master

61440:a4b4.395f.2a8b

STP ROOT

b0:c5:3c:60:fb:a0 (priority 4096)

Member

61440:4ce1.75b0.ba00

None

 

IP Address: 10.0.20.4

 

A screenshot of a computerDescription automatically generated

A loop was introduced by adding a link between C9300-01 /NM Port 2 and C9500 Core Stack / Port TwentyFiveGigE1/0/22 (Please note that for the purposes of this test, the interface has been unshut and configured as a Trunk port with Native VLAN 1 with STP guards on that interface)

9500-01#

TwentyFiveGigE1/0/22 unassigned YES unset up up

ow9500-01#

Building configuration...

 

Current configuration : 132 bytes

!

interface TwentyFiveGigE1/0/22

switchport trunk native vlan 200

switchport trunk allowed vlan 200,1922

switchport mode trunk

spanning-tree guard root

end

 

9500-01#

9500-01#

 

MST0

  Spanning tree enabled protocol mstp

  Root ID Priority 4096

       Address b0c5.3c60.fba0

       This bridge is the root

       Hello Time 2 sec Max Age 20 sec Forward Delay 15 sec

 

  Bridge ID Priority 4096 (priority 4096 sys-id-ext 0)

       Address b0c5.3c60.fba0

       Hello Time 2 sec Max Age 20 sec Forward Delay 15 sec

Interface      Role Sts Cost       Prio.Nbr Type

-------------------------------------------------------

Twe1/0/1       Desg FWD 2000       128.193 P2p

Twe1/0/2       Desg FWD 2000       128.194 P2p

Twe1/0/22      Desg FWD 2000       128.214 P2p

Twe2/0/1       Back BLK 2000       128.385 P2p

Twe2/0/2       Back BLK 2000       128.386 P2p

Po1            Desg FWD 10000       128.2089 P2p

Po2            Desg FWD 1000       128.2090 P2p

Interface Twe1/0/22 is in STP FWD state (As expected since this is the Root bridge)

Related image, diagram or screenshot

Interface 26 is in STP BLK state (As expected since the Ether-channel is in FWD state)

Related image, diagram or screenshot

No impact on traffic flow for wireless wired clients

A screenshot of a computer screenDescription automatically generated

Please note that the port configuration for both ports was changed to assign a common VLAN (in this case VLAN 99). Please see the following configuration that has been applied to both ports:

Related image, diagram or screenshot

Port 11 on MS390-01 in STP BLK state (Bridge ID: )

Related image, diagram or screenshot

For the purposes of this test and in addition to the previous loop connections, the following ports were connected: MS390-02 / Port 12 < - > C9300-02 / Port 12.

Related image, diagram or screenshot

9500-01#

Building configuration...

 

Current configuration : 132 bytes

!

interface TwentyFiveGigE1/0/10

switchport trunk native vlan 3

switchport trunk allowed vlan 3,100,200,1921,1922,1923

switchport mode trunk

spanning-tree guard loop

end

 

9500-01#

Building configuration...

 

Current configuration : 132 bytes

!

interface TwentyFiveGigE2/0/10

switchport trunk native vlan 3

switchport trunk allowed vlan 3,100,200,1921,1922,1923

switchport mode trunk

spanning-tree guard loop

end

 

9500-01#

9500-01#

TwentyFiveGigE1/0/10 unassigned YES unset up up

9500-01#

9500-01#

TwentyFiveGigE2/0/10 unassigned YES unset up up

9500-01#

 

MST0

  Spanning tree enabled protocol mstp

  Root ID Priority 4096

          Address b0c5.3c60.fba0

          This bridge is the root

          Hello Time 2 sec Max Age 20 sec Forward Delay 15 sec

  Bridge ID Priority 4096 (priority 4096 sys-id-ext 0)

          Address b0c5.3c60.fba0

          Hello Time 2 sec Max Age 20 sec Forward Delay 15 sec

Interface   Role Sts Cost     Prio.Nbr Type

--------------------------------------------

Twe1/0/1    Desg FWD 2000     128.193 P2p

Twe1/0/2    Desg FWD 2000     128.194 P2p

Twe1/0/10   Desg FWD 2000     128.202 P2p

Twe1/0/22   Desg FWD 2000     128.214 P2p

Twe2/0/1    Back BLK 2000     128.385 P2p

Twe2/0/2    Back BLK 2000     128.386 P2p

Twe2/0/10   Back BLK 2000     128.394 P2p

Po1         Desg FWD 10000    128.2089 P2p

Po2         Desg FWD 1000     128.2090 P2p

 

9500-01#

Port 394 (TwentyFiveGigE2/0/10) of MST0 is backup blocking

  Port path cost 2000, Port priority 128, Port Identifier 128.394.

  Designated root has priority 4096, address b0c5.3c60.fba0

  Designated bridge has priority 4096, address b0c5.3c60.fba0

  Designated port id is 128.202, designated path cost 0

  Timers: message age 4, forward delay 0, hold 0

  Number of transitions to forwarding state: 0

  Link type is point-to-point by default, Internal

  PVST Simulation is enabled by default

  Loop guard is enabled on the port

  BPDU: sent 2, received 66

9500-01#

Introducing Rogue Bridge in VLAN 200

A screenshot of a computerDescription automatically generated

9500-01(config)#

9500-01(config)#

9500-01#

MST0

  Spanning tree enabled protocol mstp

  Root ID Priority 8192

        Address b0c5.3c60.fba0

        This bridge is the root

        Hello Time 2 sec Max Age 20 sec Forward Delay 15 sec

  Bridge ID Priority 8192 (priority 8192 sys-id-ext 0)

        Address b0c5.3c60.fba0

Hello Time 2 sec Max Age 20 sec Forward Delay 15 sec

Interface       Role StsCost       Prio.Nbr Type

-----------------------------------------------------

Twe1/0/1      Desg FWD 2000        128.193 P2p

Twe1/0/2      Desg FWD 2000        128.194 P2p

Twe1/0/10     Desg FWD 2000        128.202 P2p

Twe1/0/22     Desg BKN 2000        128.214 P2p ROOT_Inc

Twe2/0/1      Back BLK 2000        128.385 P2p

Twe2/0/2      Back BLK 2000        128.386 P2p

Twe2/0/10     Back BLK 2000        128.394 P2p

Po1           Desg BKN 10000       128.2089 P2p ROOT_Inc

Po2           Desg BKN 1000        128.2090 P2p ROOT_Inc

 

9500-01#

Related image, diagram or screenshot

9500-01#

MST0

  Spanning tree enabled protocol mstp

  Root ID Priority 8192

        Address b0c5.3c60.fba0

        This bridge is the root

        Hello Time 2 sec Max Age 20 sec Forward Delay 15 sec

  Bridge ID Priority 8192 (priority 8192 sys-id-ext 0)

  Address b0c5.3c60.fba0

        Hello Time 2 sec Max Age 20 sec Forward Delay 15 sec

Interface     Role Sts Cost     Prio.Nbr Type

---------------------------------------------

9500-01#sh spanning-tree

MST0

  Spanning tree enabled protocol mstp

  Root ID Priority 8192

           Address b0c5.3c60.fba0

           This bridge is the root

           Hello Time 2 sec Max Age 20 sec Forward Delay 15 sec

 

  Bridge ID Priority 8192 (priority 8192 sys-id-ext 0)

           Address b0c5.3c60.fba0

           Hello Time 2 sec Max Age 20 sec Forward Delay 15 sec

Interface       Role StsCost       Prio.Nbr Type

-----------------------------------------------------

Twe1/0/1      Desg FWD 2000        128.193 P2p

Twe1/0/2      Desg FWD 2000        128.194 P2p

Twe1/0/10     Desg FWD 2000        128.202 P2p

Twe1/0/22     Desg BKN 2000        128.214 P2p ROOT_Inc

Twe2/0/1      Back BLK 2000        128.385 P2p

Twe2/0/2      Back BLK 2000        128.386 P2p

Twe2/0/10     Back BLK 2000        128.394 P2p

Po1           Desg BKN 10000       128.2089 P2p ROOT_Inc

Po2           Desg BKN 1000        128.2090 P2p ROOT_Inc

 

9500-01#

9500-01#

Port 2089 (Port-channel1) of MST0 is broken (Root Inconsistent)

Port path cost 10000, Port priority 128, Port Identifier 128.2089.

Designated root has priority 8192, address b0c5.3c60.fba0

Designated bridge has priority 8192, address b0c5.3c60.fba0

Designated port id is 128.2089, designated path cost 0

Timers: message age 5, forward delay 0, hold 0

Number of transitions to forwarding state: 1

Link type is point-to-point by default, Internal

PVST Simulation is enabled by default

Root guard is enabled on the port

BPDU: sent 15929, received 1230

 

9500-01#

Port 2090 (Port-channel2) of MST0 is broken (Root Inconsistent)

Port path cost 1000, Port priority 128, Port Identifier 128.2090.

Designated root has priority 8192, address b0c5.3c60.fba0

Designated bridge has priority 8192, address b0c5.3c60.fba0

Designated port id is 128.2090, designated path cost 0

Timers: message age 5, forward delay 0, hold 0

Number of transitions to forwarding state: 1

Link type is point-to-point by default, Internal

PVST Simulation is enabled by default

Root guard is enabled on the port

BPDU: sent 15849, received 1330

9500-01#

C9500 Core Stack is still the Root Bridge (i.e. The root Bridge placement has been enforced).

Downlinks to C9300 and MS390 stacks are in STP Root Inconsistent State which caused all access switches to go offline on Dashboard.

Please note that this caused client disruption, and no traffic was passing since the C9500 Core Stack put all downlink ports into Root inconsistent state.

To recover access switches, you will need to change the STP priority on the C9500 Core stack to 0 which ensures that your core stack becomes the root of the CIST. Alternatively, you can configure STP root Guard on the MS390 ports facing the C9300 and thus the MS390s will come back online.

The reason why all access switches went online on dashboard is that the C9300 was the root for the access layer (priority 4096) and thus the MS390s were passing traffic to Dashboard via the C9300s. Configuring STP Root Guard on the ports facing C9300 recovered the MS390s and client connectivity.

On the other hand, changing the STP priority on the C9500 core stack pulled back the Root to the core layer and recovered all switches on the access layer.

It is considered best practices to avoid assigning STP priority on your network to 0 on any device which gives you room for adding devices in the future and for maintenance purposes. In this instance, configuring STP priority 0 allowed us to recover the network which wouldn't have been possible if priority 0 was configured already on the network. Having said that, please remember to revert the STP priority on your C9500 Core Stack after recovering the network. (Default value 4096)

9500-01(config)#

9500-01(config)#

9500-01(config)#

9500-01#

MST0

  Spanning tree enabled protocol mstp

  Root ID Priority 0

        Address b0c5.3c60.fba0

        This bridge is the root

        Hello Time 2 sec Max Age 20 sec Forward Delay 15 sec

  Bridge ID Priority 0 (priority 0 sys-id-ext 0)

        Address b0c5.3c60.fba0

        Hello Time 2 sec Max Age 20 sec Forward Delay 15 sec

Interface    Role Sts Cost      Prio.Nbr Type

---------------------------------------------

Twe1/0/1    Desg FWD 2000       128.193 P2p

Twe1/0/2    Desg FWD 2000       128.194 P2p

Twe1/0/10   Desg FWD 2000       128.202 P2p

Twe1/0/22   Desg FWD 2000       128.214 P2p

Twe2/0/1    Back BLK 2000       128.385 P2p

Twe2/0/2    Back BLK 2000       128.386 P2p

Twe2/0/10   Back BLK 2000       128.394 P2p

Po1         Desg FWD 10000       128.2089 P2p

Po2         Desg FWD 1000       128.2090 P2p

9500-01#

Type escape sequence to abort.

Sending 5, 100-byte ICMP Echos to 10.0.200.3, timeout is 2 seconds:

!!!!!

Success rate is 100 percent (5/5), round-trip min/avg/max = 2/2/3 ms

9500-01#

Type escape sequence to abort.

Sending 5, 100-byte ICMP Echos to 10.0.100.3, timeout is 2 seconds:

.!!!!

Success rate is 80 percent (4/5), round-trip min/avg/max = 2/2/3 ms

9500-01#

Reverting all configurations back to its original state:

1.      Disconnect and shutdown interface TwentyFiveGigE1/0/22

2.      Disconnect port 11 on MS390-01 and C9300-01 and remove Loop Guard and UDLD

3.      Disconnect port 12 on MS390-02 and C9300-02

4.      Disconnect and revert port TwentyFiveGigE1/0/10 and TwentyFiveGigE20/10 back to access with VLAN 1 and shutdown

5.      Change MST priority on C9300 stack to 61440

6.      Change MST priority on C9500 Core Stack to 4096

A screenshot of a computerDescription automatically generated

Client traffic was disrupted during failover event for both Wireless and Wired clients.

A screenshot of a computerDescription automatically generated

9500-01#

TwentyFiveGigE1/0/1    unassigned    YES unset down    down

TwentyFiveGigE1/0/2    unassigned    YES unset down    down

TwentyFiveGigE2/0/1    unassigned    YES unset up      up

TwentyFiveGigE2/0/2    unassigned    YES unset up      up

9500-01#

Switch/Stack Mac Address : b0c5.3c60.fba0 - Local Mac Address

Mac persistency wait time: Indefinite

H/W Current

----------------------------------------------------------

Switch#    Role     Mac Address     Priority Version State

1        Active    b0c5.3c60.fba0    5       V02    Ready

2        Standby    40b5.c111.01e0    1       V02    Ready

9500-01#

Related image, diagram or screenshot

Wireless client traffic flow disrupted for about sec

A screenshot of a computerDescription automatically generated

Layer 3 Roaming with concentrator

The previous design which extends the Layer 3 domain to the Access Layer offered several benefits but one of the drawbacks was that VLANs cannot span between different stacks and therefore roaming is restricted within a single zone/closet. As such, to enable Layer 3 roaming in this Campus network the SSID needs to be tunneled to a Meraki MX operating as a concentrator. Please see the below diagram for the logical architecture of this design option:

A computer screen shot of a computerDescription automatically generated

The design will not change any of the elements previously configured except that the Acme Corp SSID will be configured in Layer 3 Roaming with Concentrator mode which requires having a Meraki MX Appliance configured as a concentrator. Subsequently, VLANs 11 and 12 will not be required anymore and the SVI for the new Corp VLAN will move to the WAN Edge MX. The WAN Edge MX in this case needs to provide DHCP services to roaming clients.

Please note that the MX concentrator in the above diagram was plugged directly into the MX WAN Edge appliance on port 3. Alternatively, this could have been plugged on the C9500 Core Stack which could be also beneficial should you wish to use warm-spare concentrators. In this case, please make sure that the switchports where these concentrator(s) are plugged on the C9500 Core Stack are configured as trunk ports and that the Roaming VLAN is allowed. For more information on MX concentrator sizing, please refer to this .

Please note that though it is possible to use an MX appliance in routed mode to concentrate the SSID, it will not be possible in the case of this design. The reason is that the AutoVPN tunnel will fail to establish as it terminates on the MX uplink interface (on the WAN side, not the LAN side).

Special considerations for this design option:

●       APs will create a Layer 2 AutoVPN tunnel to the MX Concentrator using their management IP address

●       Radius requests from the Acme Corp SSID will have the NAS ID referring to the AP's management IP address where the client is attached however the device IP in the request will refer to the uplink IP address of the MX concentrator (e.g. 10.0.3.4 in this case)

●       The Radius server (in our case Cisco ISE) will require an IP route to the MX concentrator's uplink IP address (e.g. 10.0.3.4)

●       The Radius server will also need to be configured with the concentrator as a network device since the Radius requests will have its IP address as the device IP address (Otherwise testing 802.1x auth failed)

●       If the Radius server is reachable from the Campus via VPN tunnel (e.g. AutoVPN) then the Concentrator's uplink IP address/network will need to be advertised via the VPN as well

The following steps will outline the configuration changes to enable Layer 3 Roaming in this Campus LAN:

1.      Please ensure that you have an additional MX appliance in your dashboard and the appropriate license(s) claimed

2.      Add the appliance(s) to a new network (e.g. Roaming)

3.      Navigate to your Roaming network

4.      Navigate to Security and SD-WAN > Configure > Addressing and VLANs

5.      Select Passthrough or VPN Concentrator and click Save at the bottom of the page

Related image, diagram or screenshot

6.      Navigate to your Campus Network

7.      Navigate to Security and SD-WAN > Addressing and VLANs and create a new VLAN for the Roaming SSID (e.g. VLAN 10)

Related image, diagram or screenshot

8.      Navigate further down the page to the Per-port VLAN settings and configure the port connecting the MX Concentrator (e.g. Port 3 in this design) with a Native VLAN (e.g. VLAN 3) and allow both the native VLAN and the Roaming SSI VLAN that you have just created in the above step

Related image, diagram or screenshot

9.      Click Save at the bottom of the page

10.   Plug your MX Concentrator and connect it to the designated port (Port #3) on the WAN Edge MX. Please note that the MX concentrator needs to be connected ONLY via a single uplink ( No other uplinks or LAN ports )

11.   Once the MX Concentrator comes online on dashboard you can proceed to the next step (Waiting for the concentrator to come online will allow you to test the tunnel connectivity from the APs to the Concentrator)

Related image, diagram or screenshot

12.   Navigate to Wireless > Configure > Access control and from the top drop-down menu select the Acme Corp SSID

13.   Navigate further down the page and under the Client IP assignment menu, select the Layer 3 with Concentrator option then choose VLAN 10 as the terminating VLAN for this SSID. Click Save at the bottom of the page.

Related image, diagram or screenshot

14.   To test the Tunnel connectivity, click on Test Connectivity

Related image, diagram or screenshot

●       The test above will check the IP connectivity between the APs with the Acme Corp SSID (AP's uplink IP address) and the MX concentrator (MX's uplink IP address) and return back how many APs passed the test (valid IP route) and how many failed (due to IP routing issues)

15.   Navigate to Security and SD-WAN > Configure > Site-to-site VPN and enable the upstream network of the MX Concentrator in AutoVPN (e.g. VLAN 3 in our case)

Related image, diagram or screenshot

●       As explained earlier, this step is essential for the Cisco ISE server to accept Access-Requests from the MX concentrator

16.   After you have configured the appropriate routing on the Radius server side to allow it to communicate with VLAN 3, you can proceed with testing IP connectivity between the MX concentrator and the Radius Server

Related image, diagram or screenshot

●       Please note that you won't be able to ping unless the Upstream network of the MX Concentrator has been enabled in AutoVPN and that the Radius Server has an IP route back to the Campus LAN. Please check the following example for this implementation of Cisco ISE in AWS where a route has been added on the VPC where the ISE server resides

Related image, diagram or screenshot

17.   After you have added the MX concentrator on your Radius server as a network device , you can test using a client attached to the Acme Corp SSID

Related image, diagram or screenshot

Testing and Verification:

The following client was used for testing and verification:

Device

Mac address

IP address

iPhone

12:34:5c:8c:16:04

10.0.10.2

Related image, diagram or screenshot

As seen above, the Client successfully associated with the SSID and acquired an IP address in (10.0.10.2)

Radius Authentication

Related image, diagram or screenshot

As seen above from the Cisco ISE live logs, 802.1x authentication was successful and the client was permitted on the network. Please note the Device IP Address field which shows 10.0.3.4 (MX Concentrator uplink IP address in this case)

Layer 3 Wireless Roaming

Related image, diagram or screenshot

Roaming back and forth between APs caused a brief packet loss of one packet

lan center business plan

Location
City:  Tol'yatti, Samarskaya, Russian Federation (Russia)
Near (Alt.):Volna
Name:Tol'yatti Heliport
Local Code:

Details
Type:Heliport
Latitude: 53�28'N (53.470)
Longitude: 49�19'E (49.323)
Elevation:177 ft (54 m)
Variation:12.72�E (WMM2020 magnetic declination)
0.10� annual change
Helipads:1
Largest:82 × 82 ft (25 × 25 m), paved

Related Locations
Nearby:
Farthest:

Find:

   beyond  
but within
  

Copyright © 2004-2024 . All rights reserved.
The Great Circle Mapper name and logo are trademarks of the .
All other trademarks mentioned herein belong to their respective owners.
Please see for attributions and further copyright information.

     

Garibaldi Castle

Garibaldi Castle is a sprawling medieval construction that dominates the small town of Khryashchevka, Samara. Built in the Neo-Gothic Style the intricate facade, Historical exhibitions, and dazzling stories that runs through the Castle walls will leave you in wonder. Discover an all-new land that celebrates the magic of ancient history. Relive the romance of the Renaissance Era and magic of the past as the heroic tales of rebellion and royalty come to life with Garibaldi Castle’s extraordinary sculptures and gorgeous scenery. You’ll be swept away like never before! Here at Garibaldi Castle your wildest fantasies become a reality. Discover the imminently glamourous and magnificently quirky around every corner of our castle. Reflect on the regal beauty rich legacy of our world’s history. Every decorated archway and castle corridor leads to new medieval explorations that bring the vision to life.

DISCOVER THE MAGIC WITHIN !function(){switch(CHOSEN_THEME){case THEMES.NEMESIS:replaceParentInnerHTML(' ',"news-title-NaN");break;case THEMES.ALLY:replaceParentInnerHTML(' ',"news-title-NaN")}}();

Discover a place like no other and experience an all new, one-of-a-kind adventure. Nestled in the small town of Khryashchevka, Samara, Russia a medieval secret is waiting to be unveiled. Come join us for the enchantment, fun and adventure. Be apart of Garibaldi Castle and make memories that will last a lifetime.

OLD-WORLD ELEGANCE !function(){switch(CHOSEN_THEME){case THEMES.NEMESIS:replaceParentInnerHTML(' ',"news-title-NaN");break;case THEMES.ALLY:replaceParentInnerHTML(' ',"news-title-NaN")}}();

World-class amenities unite with sheer luxury and unique surroundings, to make sure that there’s nowhere you’d rather be. Let the story unfold as you explore the castle grounds on a magical horse and carriage ride, all while taking in the captivating views of medieval architecture that encompass you.

STORIES TO SHARE !function(){switch(CHOSEN_THEME){case THEMES.NEMESIS:replaceParentInnerHTML(' ',"news-title-NaN");break;case THEMES.ALLY:replaceParentInnerHTML(' ',"news-title-NaN")}}();

There’s a regal atmosphere amidst the Garibaldi Waterfront Oasis where the sunsets cast a sparkle over the Tranquil Samara River. If you dare to spoil yourself, take a voyage on the new Garibaldi Yacht, a decadent treat not to be missed. Feel the light breeze and enjoy spectacular waterfront views from our lounging area where modern meets traditional that will leave you telling stories for years to come.

IMAGES

  1. Lan center business plan template

    lan center business plan

  2. How To and What You Need to Set Small Business Network

    lan center business plan

  3. How to build a computer network for your small business

    lan center business plan

  4. Network Diagram Floor Plan

    lan center business plan

  5. Network Concepts

    lan center business plan

  6. Network Layout Floor Plans Solution

    lan center business plan

COMMENTS

  1. Igniting the Spark of Innovation in LAN Center Entrepreneurship

    Starting a LAN Center business invites passionate individuals to craft such an oasis for gamers to congregate, compete, and connect. To initiate this venture, one must envision a locale that resonates with the heart of gaming culture - rich in technology and brimming with life. ... Every component from your business plan to your marketing ...

  2. The Viability and Growth of LAN Gaming Centers in Esports

    Of course like any other business, one needs to have a proper plan in place before investing in a LAN Center. There are three aspects to look at in a LAN center. Footfall; Brand awareness (both local and remote) Financial health; Footfall. Having more footfall directly translates into achieving most of the other bullet points listed here.

  3. Starting a Video Game LAN Center

    There should be a strategic financial plan to at least keep your head above water as you learn the ropes, develop a system, and eventually grow your business. Also, please note that many first-time visitors to your LAN center will come with friends and will want to play the same games together.

  4. Are LAN centers profitable?

    A LAN center is a business that provides a physical space for customers to come and play video games with friends or other customers. LAN centers typically offer high-end gaming computers, fast internet connection, and various other amenities such as food and drinks, comfortable seating and other gaming related items.

  5. Gaming Lounge Business Plan Template [Updated 2024]

    Traditionally, a marketing plan includes the four P's: Product, Price, Place, and Promotion. For a gaming lounge business plan, your marketing strategy should include the following: Product: In the product section, you should reiterate the type of gaming lounge company that you documented in your company overview.

  6. How to Start a Gaming Center: Essential Steps Guide

    Business Plan Template for a Gaming Center Business. Business Plan Template for a Gaming Center Business. A comprehensive business plan is crucial for the success of your gaming center. It serves as a roadmap to guide your venture from inception to operational excellence. Below is a detailed business plan template with suggestions for each ...

  7. Network Game Centers Business Plan

    Network Game Centers. 11007 Woodworth Avenue, Suite 101 Portland, Oregon 97209. This business proposal seeks to set up Network Game Centers, called PowerPlay Gaming, throughout the United States. By setting up networks of computers or consoles that are able to truly capture and show off the programming expertise and high quality of presentation ...

  8. Revolutionize Your LAN Centers Business with These Marketing Tips

    To successfully market your LAN Centers business, you need to paint your brand across various channels in an alluring palette that speaks directly to the core of the gaming spirit. Social media platforms are your canvases, use them to broadcast striking visuals and compelling content that captures the essence of your vibrant gaming environment.

  9. Example Business Plan For Lan Gaming Center

    Example Business Plan for Lan Gaming Center - Free download as PDF File (.pdf), Text File (.txt) or read online for free. Scribd is the world's largest social reading and publishing site.

  10. Lan Gaming Center Business Plan Sample

    Lan Gaming Center Business Plan Sample - Free download as PDF File (.pdf), Text File (.txt) or read online for free.

  11. Creative Content Strategies for LAN Centers Business Success

    Mastering Content Creation for Your LAN Center Business. In conclusion, the journey of creating engaging and effective content for a LAN Center business is multifaceted and requires a strategic approach. It's not just about promoting the latest games or boasting high-end equipment; it involves cultivating a community and providing value that ...

  12. Esports Gaming Centers

    Visit your local LAN Center and compete LIVE in-house. No team needed, events last up to 3 days. Check you local LAN Center for event details. ... You need to love your city and people if you want to be a successful business owner. - Brett Payne. About. Contender Gaming Network organizes LAN events, Tournaments and Leagues for the gaming ...

  13. LAN gaming center

    At GameOn Party Planners in Pennsylvania, USA. Eight teams from three states came here for a one-day Xbox 360 gaming tournament. Omega Sektor was one of the largest LAN gaming centers in Europe, seating 400 plus three consoles.. A LAN Gaming Center is a business where one can use a computer connected over a LAN to other computers, primarily for the purpose of playing multiplayer computer games.

  14. Write your business plan

    A good business plan guides you through each stage of starting and managing your business. You'll use your business plan as a roadmap for how to structure, run, and grow your new business. It's a way to think through the key elements of your business. Business plans can help you get funding or bring on new business partners.

  15. How to Write a Business Plan: Guide + Examples

    Most business plans also include financial forecasts for the future. These set sales goals, budget for expenses, and predict profits and cash flow. A good business plan is much more than just a document that you write once and forget about. It's also a guide that helps you outline and achieve your goals. After completing your plan, you can ...

  16. Simple Business Plan Template (2024)

    This section of your simple business plan template explores how to structure and operate your business. Details include the type of business organization your startup will take, roles and ...

  17. Thoughts on LAN-center style businesses and is it possible to ...

    This is a place where I could see a LAN center being an amazing business. There would be a sort of public session. There could be a Mario Kart hour, Halo, CoD, whatever is selling. On top of that, whenever business is slowest, they could allow people to rent out the space for clan matches and other stuff along that line.

  18. How To Write A Business Plan (2024 Guide)

    Describe Your Services or Products. The business plan should have a section that explains the services or products that you're offering. This is the part where you can also describe how they fit ...

  19. How Does A LAN For Business Work?

    LAN stands for "local area network.". It refers to computers and other devices that are relatively close to each other and are part of the same network. These computers can share printers, servers, and documents. Computers are connected through ethernet cables. The cables converge into a switch or router, which can connect to the internet ...

  20. Solutions

    This document provides a pre-validated design and deployment guide for a campus LAN comprised of both Catalyst and Meraki platforms alongside the various design guidelines, topologies, technologies, configurations, and other considerations relevant to the design of any highly available, full-service campus switching fabric. It is also intended to serve as a guide to direct readers to general ...

  21. Tolyatti

    Tolyatti or Togliatti (/ t ɒ l ˈ j ɑː t i / tol-YAH-tee, US also / t oʊ l ˈ-/ tohl-; Russian: Тольятти, IPA: [tɐlʲˈjætʲ(ː)ɪ]), known before 1964 as Stavropol, [a] is a city in Samara Oblast, Russia.It is the largest city in Russia which is neither the administrative center of a federal subject, nor the largest city of a subject.Population: 684,709 (2021 Census); [7 ...

  22. Russia,Samara oblast, Togliatti : r/europe

    Animals and Pets Anime Art Cars and Motor Vehicles Crafts and DIY Culture, Race, and Ethnicity Ethics and Philosophy Fashion Food and Drink History Hobbies Law Learning and Education Military Movies Music Place Podcasts and Streamers Politics Programming Reading, Writing, and Literature Religion and Spirituality Science Tabletop Games ...

  23. WW71

    Heliport information about WW71 - Tol'yatti [Tol'yatti Heliport], SAM, RU

  24. Inside the Castle

    Garibaldi Castle is a sprawling medieval construction that dominates the small town of Khryashchevka, Samara. Built in the Neo-Gothic Style the intricate facade, Historical exhibitions, and dazzling stories that runs through the Castle walls will leave you in wonder. Discover an all-new land that celebrates the magic of ancient history.